1993-06-14 Revised Utilities & Street Specs
I ~ `/
~~
Specifications
for
1992-3 IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT
(UTILITIES AND STREET
IMPROVEMENTS
PSYKS FIFTH ADDITION)
Albertville, Minnesota
MEYER-ROHLIN,INC
ENGINEERS-LANO SURVEYORS 1111 Mvy. 25 k. Buffalo, Mim.55313 Phone 612.682°1781
September 1 1992 E-9201 G
Revised )une 14, ..1993
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
1992-3 IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
(UTILITY and STREET IMPROVEMENTS
PSYKS FIFTH ADDITION)
ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA
MEYER-ROHLIN, INC.
ENGINEERS AND LAND SURVEYORS
1111 HIGHWAY 25 NORTH
BUFFALO, MINNESOTA 55313
September 1, 1992
(revised June 14, 1993)
E-9201-G
I hereby certify that this plan, specification,
or report was prepared by me or under my direct
supervision, and that I am a duly Registered
Professional Engineer under the laws of the
State of Minnesota.
~.c~~~h~t~iC.
Norman P. Gartner
Reg. No. 17284
ADDENDUM NO. 1
TO
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Project: 1992-3 Improvement Project (Utilities and Street Improve-
ments), Psyk's Fifth Addition, Albertville, MN
MRI Project No.: E-9201-G
Date of Original Plans and Specifications: June 14, 1993
Date of Addendum No, l: June 21, 1993
Engineer: Meyer-Rohlin, Inc.
1111 Highway 25 North
Buffalo, MN 55313
612-682-1781
612-333-5886 (metro)
rman P , ciartner , P . E .
1. 4" PVC Service Pipe
Bid "A", Item No. 12 of the proposal form, incorrectly lists the
4" PVC service pipe as being SDR 35. The correct class of pipe
should be SDR 26. Please make this change on your proposal form.
2. Cleanouis
Details 2.018 and 2.018A (see sheet 3) are hereby modified to
allow gasketed PVC caps at the ends of the cleanouts, in addition
to the screw-on type caps originally specified.
End of Addendum No. 1
/~,EYER-ROHLIN, INC.
ENGINEERS-LAND SURVEYORS 7111 Hvey. 25 N., Buffalo, Minn.55313 Phone 612- 682-1781
Psyk's Fifth Addition
PROJECT 1992-3 Improvement Project, Utilities ~ Street Improvements
BIDS DUE 2:00 June 28,1993 PLAN DEPOSIT $40
COMMISSION NO. E-9201-G
Latour Construction Inc.
2134 Co . Ftd . 8 NW
Maple Lake, MN 55358
963-5993 fax:963-6017
Bituminous Consulting ~
Contracting Co., Inc.
2456 Main St NE
Mpls 55434
Northern Water Works Supply
4124 83rd Avenue N
Brooklyn Park, MN 55443
560-5200
Aero Asphalt Inc.
14310 Northdale Blvd.
Rogers 55374-9610
428-2336 fax:428-8829
WaterPro
15801 W. 78th Street
Eden Prairie, MN 55344-1894
937-9666 fax:937-8065
Minnesota Pipe & Equip. Co.
PO Box 580 7965 215th St. W
Lakeville 55044
469-5457
Randy Kramer Excavating Inc
East Hwy 55 (PO X98)
Watkins 55389
764-6871
Buffalo Bituminous
Hwy 55, Box 126
Buffalo 55313
682-1271 fax:682-6522
S.J. Louis Construction Inc.
PO Box 1373 Rt. 4
St. Cloud 56302
Davies Water Equip. Co.
4010 Lake Breeze Ave N
Mpls 55429
533-2581 fax:533-0073
Annandale Contracting Inc.
6646 County Road 5 NE
Annandale 55302
Machtemes Construction Inc.
4313 Palmer Place
St. Bonifacius 55375
446-9314
Elk River Concrete
Northdale Construction 7575 Golden Valley Road
14450 Northdale Blvd Mpls 55427
Rogers 55374 545-7473 fax:545-8399
428-4868 fax:428-4997
7hore P. Meyer, Professional Engineer Roberf Rohlin, Licensed Land Surveyor
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
1992-3 Improvement Project
(Utilities & Street Improvements)
(Psyk's Fifth Addition)
Albertville, Minnesota
Notice is hereby given that sealed bids will be received by the City
Council of the city of Albertville, Minnesota, in the City Hall, until
2:00 PM, Monday, June 28, 1993, at which time and place the bids will
be opened for the construction of the following:
8" to 10" sanitary sewer
Manholes
4" PVC service pipe
6" to 8" watermain
Hydrants
6" to 8" gate valves
1" copper service pipe
12" to 24" storm sewer
27" to 48" catch basins
Common excavation (EV)
Seeding
Aggregate base placed, class
Type 31 base course mixture
Type 41 wear course mixture
Surmountable concrete curb &
Density tests
5
gutter
and other related items of work.
624 l.f.
2 each
765 l.f.
1575 l.f.
5 each
10 each
854 l.f.
1298 l.f.
11 each
1500 c.y.
1.6 acre
2200 c.y.
8050 sy-in
8050 sy-in
2660 l.f.
205 each
Plans, specifications and proposal forms as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin,
Inc., Engineers .and Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo,
Minnesota, 55313, may be seen at the Office of the Engineer, and the
Office of the City Administrator.
Each bid shall be accompanied by a bidder's bond, certified check or
cashier's check in an amount equal to at least Five (5%) percent of the
amount of the bid which shall be forfeited to the City in the event
that successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within the
specified time.
The City Council reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to
waive any irregularities in the bidding, and further reserves the right
to award the contract to the best interests of the City. All bids must
be submitted on the proposal form furnished by the Engineer. Bids shall
be directed to the City of Albertville, securely sealed and marked on
the outside as 1992-3 Improvement Project for Albertville,. Minnesota.
Plans, specifications and proposal forms may be obtained from the
Office of the Engineer upon deposit of Forty ($40.00) Dollars for each
set. This deposit will not be refunded.
CITY OF ALBERTVILLE
BY:
Linda Houghton, Clerk
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
In order for proposals to be entitled to consideration, the
must be in accordance with the following instructions: y
' A. GENERAL
' All proposals shall be submitted on forms furnished by the
Engineer. All information, lump sums and unit prices requested
shall be completely filled out by typewriter or in ink. All
' corporation bids shall bear the official seal of the corpora-
tion. The bid shall be submitted on the unbound proposal forms.
A proposal may be withdrawn, without prejudice to the bidder, by
written request prior to the hour of the letting.. Proposals so
withdrawn may be resubmitted at any time prior to the time set
for opening of proposals. The Owner reserves the right to reject
' any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities and
irregularities in the bidding.
' B. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
The Owner may request that the bidder submit information
' necessary to satisfy the Owner that the bidder is adequately
prepared to fulfill .the contract. Such information may include
past performance records, lists of available personnel, plants
and equipment, financial statements, or any other pertinent
information.
C. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms provided by
the Engineer. The blank spaces on the proposal shall be filled
' in correctly for every item for which a quantity is given, and
the bidder shall state the prices for which he proposes to do
each item of work.
' The bidder's proposal shall be signed correctly in ink. The
signature acknowleges that the bidder is providing the informa-
Lion required and has received all Addenda to the Specifica-
tions.
D. SUBCONTRACTORS
The names and .addresses of all subcontractors that the bidder
intends to employ on the project shall be listed in the spaces
' provided on the proposal form. No other subcontractors shall be
used on the project without the written approval of the
Engineer.
a e 2
P g
D
i~
E. BID SECURITY
Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified check, cashier's
check, or bidders bond in the amount of five (5%) percent of the
bid, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into the proposed
contract within the time specified. Should the bidder whose
proposal has been accepted by the Owner refuse, fail or neglect
to execute the contract and furnish a satisfactory surety bond,
it is understood and agreed betvaeen the Owner and said accepted
bidder that the five (5%) percent of bid security shall be the
amount of the liquidated damages occasioned by such refusal,
failure, or neglect; and that thereupon said Owner shall realize
on such bid security and use the proceeds in payment of said
damages. The bid security accompanying rejected bids will be
promptly returned to the bidders upon the execution of a
contract or the rejection of bids.
F. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Copies of proposal forms, plans and specifications for use by
contractors submitting a bid may be obtained from the Engineer
on deposit of the sum of Forty Dollars ($ 40.00). This deposit
will not be refundable.
G. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS
Bidders shall satisfy themselves by a personal examination of
the site as to all local conditions affecting the performance of
the Contract, such as the structure of the ground, the existance
of surface and ground water, availability of drainage, obstacles
which may be encountered, means of approach to the site, and the
manner of delivery and handling of materials.
The bidder, in submitting his proposal, is deemed to accept all
conditions as the same as are eventually found to exist and to
waive all claim for extra compensation arising from the
encountering of unforeseen difficulties except as the same are
expressly provided for in either the specifications or the
contract. Bidders shall also carefully examine the plans and
read the specifications before submitting bids on the work to be
done. If any bidder contemplating submitting a bid for the
proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part
of the plans, specifications, or other proposed contract
documents, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for
an interpretation thereof. The clarification of the proposed
documents will be made only by an addendum duly_issued. A copy
of such an addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person
receiving a copy of the plans and specifications and to such
other prospective bidders as have requested that they be
furnished with a copy of such an addendum.
page 3
All addenda issued to bidders prior to the date of receipt of
proposals shall become a part of the contract documents, and all
proposals are to include the- work therein described. Each
proposal submitted shall list all addenda by number which have
been received prior to the time scheduled for receipt of
proposals.
H. ADHERENCE TO SPECIFICATIONS
All work shall be done in strict accordance with the specifica-
tions and plans and such addenda as may be issued from time to
time by the Engineer. Bidders shall be held strictly to the
intent of the plans and specifications.
I. REJECTION OF BIDS
The right is reserved to reject any or all bids or to accept
such bid, as in the opinion of the Owner will be to the best
' interests of the Owner. No bidder may withdraw his bid for at
least thirty (30) days after the scheduled closing time for the
receipt of bids.
J. CONDITIONS IN BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
The bidder shall not stipulate in his proposal any conditions
not provided for on the proposal farm.
K. INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATES
Bidders shall examine to their satisfaction the quantities of
work to be done, as determined from the plans and specifica-
tions. The Engineer's estimate of quantities as shown on the
proposal shall be used as a basis of calculation upon which the
award of contract will be made, but these quantities are not
' guaranteed to be accurate and are furnished without any
liability on the part of the Owner. Bidders must rely on their
own calculations and shall be thoroughly familiar with the
contract documents.
L. DELIVERY OF PROPOSALS
' All bids shall be placed in a sealed envelope with a statement
thereon showing the work covered by the bid and addressed to the
address stipulated in the Request for Bids. Proposals may be
' mailed or submitted in person. No bids will be received after
the time set for receiving them. Bids arriving by mail at the
office of the Owner after the hour designated for receiving bids
' will be returned to the sender unopened. The Engineer will not
deliver bids to the place of the bid opening.
page 4
M. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS
Proposals may be rejected if they show any omission, alteration
of form, additions not called for, conditional bids or alternate
bids not specified, or irregularities of any kind. Proposals in
which the prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected.
N. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
More than one proposal for the same project from any individual
firm, partnership or corporation under the same or different
names will not be considered. Collusion between the bidders will
be considered sufficient cause for the rejection of all bids so
affected.
Failure on the part of any bidder to carry out previous
contracts satisfactorily, or his lack of experience or equipment
necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work, may be
deemed sufficient cause for his disqualification.
O. UNIT PRICES
In case of error in the extension of prices, the unit bid prices
shall govern. The Owner reserves the right to waive any
informality in the bids at his discretion.
page 5
PROPOSAL FORM
FOR
1992-3 IMPROVEMENT PROJECT
(UTILITIES AND STREET IMPROVEMENT, PSYK'S FIFTH ADDITION)
ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA
Bids due on or before 2:00 P.M., Monday, June 28, 1993.
City of Albertville
c/o Linda Houghton, Clerk
Box 131
Albertville, MN 55301
The undersigned as bidder, hereby proposes, and, if this proposal
is accepted, agrees to furnish a bond as required and to enter
into a contract with the City of Albertville, Minnesota, to
furnish all materials, labor, skill, tools and equipment for the
complete construction of streets, water and sewer, including all
accessories as called for by the specifications herewith as
prepared by Meyer-Roblin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors,
1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota, 55313, acting as and
in these contract documents entitled as the Engineer for the
following estimated quantities and unit prices.
BID "A" SANITARY SEWER
Item
No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
1. 10" PVC, SDR 35
2. 10" PVC, SDR 35
(20-22') 132 l.f. $ $
3. 8" PVC, SDR 35
(10-12') 150 l.f. $ $
4. 8" PVC, SDR 35
5. 8" PVC, SDR 35
(14-16') 144 l.f. $ $
6. 8" PVC, SDR 35
7. Manhole 48" dia.
(0-8') 2 each $ $
8. Manhole extra depth 12.3 l.f. $ $
page 5
Item
No. Item
9. 10" cleanout
10. 8" cleanout & cleanout
manhole, 27" dia.
11. Sewer service
connection
12. 4" PVC, SDR 35
service pipe
13. Adjust manhole
14. Adjust existing
manhole
15. Install chimney
seal
16. Density tests
17. Crushed rock
BID "B" WATERMAIN
1. 6" DIP, CL 52
2. 8" DIP, CL 52
3. 8" 114o DIP bend
4. 8" 222o DIP bend
5. 8" x 8" x 6" DIP tee
6. 8" x 8" x 8" DIP tee
7. 8" DIP plug
8. Remove & salvage
existing 6" plug
9. Hydrants
10. 6" resilient seat gate
valve, valve box
and riser
11. 8" resilient seat gate
valve, valve box
and riser
Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
1 each $ $
1 each $ $
7 each $ $
850 l.f. $ $
6 each $ $
2 each $ $
1 each $ $
60 each $ $
30 c.y. $ $
TOTAL BID "A" $
468 l.f. $ $
1108 l.f. $ $
1 each $ $
4 each $ $
6 each $ $
1 each $ $
1 each $ $
1 each $ $
5 each $ $
6 each $ $
4 each $
page 6
Item
No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
12. Water service group 21 each $ $
13. 1" copper service
pipe 854 l.f. $ $
14. 6" polyethylene
encasement 506 l.f. $ $
15. 8" polyethylene
encasement 1107 l.f. $ $
16. Bacteriological test 3 each $ $
17. Density tests 80 each $ $
18. Crushed rock 10 c.y. $ $
19. Adjust gate valves 5 each $ $
TOTAL BID "B" $
ALTERNATE BID "B" WATERMAIN
1. 6" PVC, CL 52 468 l.f. $ $
2. 8" PVC, CL 52 1108 l.f. $ $
3. 8" 114° DIP bend 1 each $ $
4. 8" 22'-z° DIP bend 4 each $ $
5. 8" x 8" x 6" DIP tee 6 each $ $
6. 8" x 8" x 8" DIP tee 1 each $ $
7. 8" DIP plug l each $ $
8. Remove & salvage
existing 6" plug 1 each $ $
9. Hydrants 5 each $ $
10. 6" resilient seat gate
valve, valve box
and riser 6 each $ $
11. 8" resilient seat gate
valve, valve box
and riser 4 each $ $
12. Water service group 21 each $ $
page 7
Item
No. Item Qty• Unit Unit Price Total Price
13. 1" copper service
pipe 854 l.f. $ $
14. Bacteriological test 3 each $ $
15. Density tests 80 each $ $
16. Crushed rock 10 c.y. $ $
17. Adjust gate valves 5 each $ $
TOTAL ALTERNATE BID "B" $
BID "C" STORM SEWER
1. 12" RCP, CL III-C 249 l.f. $ $
2. 15" RCP, CL. III-C 150 l.f. $ $
3. 21" RCP, CL III-C 61 l.f. $ $
4. 27" RCP, CL III-C 758 l.f. $ $
5. Catchbasin, 27"
dia. (0-5') 2 each $ $
6. Catchbasin, 48" dia.
(O-5') 4 each $ $
7. Catchbasin extra
depth, 60" dia. 4.74 l.f. $ $
8. Catchbasin, 60" dia.
(0-5') 5 each $ $
9. Manhole, 60" dia.
(0-8') 1 each $ $
10. 27" RCP flared end
section w/galy.
trash guard 1 each $ $
11. 15" RCP flared
end section 1 each $ $
12. 12" RCP flared
end section 2 each $ $
13. Common excavation
(pond grading) lump sum $ $
14. Erosion control
barrier (Silt fence) 700 l.f. $ $
page 8
Item
No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
15. Random rip-rap
Class III 30 c.y. $ $
16. Geotextile filter
type IV 45 s.y. $ $
17. Seeding, mulching
fertilizing and
disk anchoring 1.5 acre $ $
18. Wood skimmer lump sum $ $
I9. Density tests 50 each $ $
20. Crushed rock (clean) 75 c.y. $ $
TOTAL BID "C" $
ALTERNATE BID "C"
1. 12" RCP, CL III-C 86 l.f. $ $
2. 15" RCP, CL III-C 15 l.f. $ $
3. 21" RCP, CL III-C 61 l.f. $ $
4. 27" RCP, CL III-C 621.5 l.f. $ $
5. Catchbasin, 27"
dia. (0-5') 2 each $ $
6. Catchbasin, 48" dia.
(0-5') 4 each $ $
7. Catchbasin extra
depth, 60" dia. 4.74 l.f. $ $
8. Catchbasin, 60" dia.
(0-5') 5 each $ $
9. Manhole, 60" dia.
(0-8') 1 each $ $
10. 15" RCP flared
end section 1 each $ $
11. Common excavation
(pond grading) lump sum $ $
12. Erosion control
barrier (Silt fence) 700 l.f. $ ~
page 9
Item
No. Item Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
13. Random rip-rap
Class III 30 c.y. $ $
14. Geotextile filter
type IV 45 s.y. $ $
15. Seeding, mulching
fertilizing and
disk anchoring 1.5 acre $ $
16. Wood skimmer lump sum $ $
17. Density tests 50 each $ $
18. Crushed rock (clean) 10 c.y. $ $
19. 12" Dual-Wall corrugated
polyethylene pipe 171 l.f. $ $
20. 15" Dual-Wall corrugated
polyethylene pipe 135 l.f. $ $
21. 27" Dual-Wall corrugated
polyethylene pipe 136.5 l.f. $ $
22. 27" polyethylene pipe
flared end section
w/galy. trash guard 1 each $ $
23. 12" polyethylene pipe
flared end section 2 . each $ $
TOTAL ALTERNATE BID "C" $
BID "D" STREET
1. Subgrade preparation 6285
2. Aggregate base
placed, class 5 2200
3. Remove concrete curb
and gutter 80
4. Type 31 base
course mixture 8050
5. Type 41 wear
course mixture 8050
s.y. $ $
c.y• $ $
l.f. $ $
sy-in $ $
sy-in $ $
page 10
Item
No. Item
6. Surmountable concrete
curb & gutter
7. Density test
8. Permanent barricades
9. Street sign
(complete)
BASE BID "A"
BASE BID "B"
BASE BID "C"
BASE BID "D"
TOTAL BASE BIDS
Alternate Bid "B"
Alternate Bid "C"
Subcontractors to be used in the work:
Name
Name
Name
Address
Address
Address
A certified check, bid bond or cashier's check in the amount of
Dollars ($ ), drawn to the
order of the City Treasurer, city of Albertville, Minnesota, is
attached hereto, with the understanding that if this proposal
is accepted and the undersigned refuse, fail or neglect to
Qty. Unit Unit Price Total Price
2660 1 . f . $ $
15 each $ $
72 l.f. $ $
1 each $ $
TOTAL BID "D" $
page 11
execute a contract and furnish said bond within ten days of the
date of acceptance of this proposal, it is understood and
agreed between the city of Albertville, Minnesota and
that
Dollars ($ ), same -being the amount of bid
security above mentioned, shall be the liquidated damages
occasioned by such failure, refusal, or neglect and that
thereupon, said City Treasurer may realize on said bid security
and use the proceeds in payment of said damages, and the City
award such bid to the next lowest responsible bidder; and upon
further understanding that said bid security will be promptly
returned upon the rejection of this proposal or the signing of
a contract and furnishing of the bond.
If this proposal is accepted, the bidder agrees to commence
work and to complete all work according to the schedule in the
special provisions.
This proposal is submitted after careful study of the plans and
specifications and from a personal knowledge of the conditions,
both surface and subsoil at the various sites, which knowledge
was obtained from the undersigned's own sources of information
and not .from any official or employee of the City.
The undersigned does declare this proposal is made without
improper connection with any other person or persons making a
proposal on this same contract and is in all. respects fair and
without collusion or fraud and the undersigned does further
declare that no person or persons acting in any official
capacity for the City is directly or indirectly interested in
the proposal herein or in the supplies of works to which it
relates or in any portion of the profits thereof.
It is understood and agreed that this proposal cannot be
withdrawn within thirty (30) days after the opening of bids
without the consent of the City and that the City has the right
to accept the lowest responsible bidder or reject any or all
proposals.
ADDENDUM RECEIPT
The receipt of the following Addenda to the Specifications is
acknowledged.
Addendum No. Date
Addendum No. Date
i~
u
I~
Addendum No. .Date
page 12
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
E-9201-G
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the day of
1993', by and between herein-
after called the Contractor, and the City of Albertville, Minnesota,
hereinafter called the Owner.
WITNESSETH: That the Contractor and the Owner for the considerations
hereinafter agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish all of the material and perform all of
the work shown on the plans and drawings as described in the
specifications entitled, 1992-3 IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, (UTILITIES AND
STREET IMPROVEMENTS, PSYK'S FIFTH ADDITION), ALBERTVILLE, MINNESOTA
as prepared by Meyer-Rohlin, Inc., Engineers and Land Surveyors, 1111
Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota, acting as and in these contract
documents entitled "Engineer".
ARTICLE 2 COMPLETION OF WORK
The Contractor shall complete the work as specified within the
specifications.
ARTICLE 3 THE CONTRACT SUM
The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to .receive and
accept payment in accordance with the unit prices bid and based upon
the estimated ouantities for the combined estimated sum as set forth
in the accepted Contractors .Proposal on file with the Owner, to be
DOLLARS ($ ),
ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents shall consist of the following component
parts:
page 14
1) The Accepted Proposal
3) Instructions to Bidders
5) Special Provisions
7 ) Concrete Curb Specs
9) Tie Sheet
11) This Document
2) Request for Bids
4) General Conditions
6) Street Construction Specs
8) Standard Utilities Specs
10) Drawings E-9201-G (7 sheets)
This Instrument, together with the documents above mentioned, form
the Contract, and they are as fully a part of the Contract as if
hereto attached or herein repeated.
ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS
The Contractor shall submit monthly requests for payment to the
Engineer, as per specifications, including lien waivers, requesting
payment for all materials, and labor expended for the payment
period. The Ov~mer will retain five (5%) percent of the amount of
the payment until full completion of the Contract.
IN WITNESS WI~REOF, the parties hereto have caused this
instrument to be executed in three counterparts as of the day and
year first above written.
CITY OF ALBERTVILLE, MN
BY
BY
James Walsh, Mayor
BY
Linda Houghton, Clerk
page 15
This document has important legal consequences: consultation ti~ith an attorney is encouraged ~a~ith
respect to its completion or modification.
STANDARD
GENERAL COI~~DITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Prepared by
Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
and
Issued and Published Jointly By
- t
• ~NGI IFp AMERICAN
• ~I • a` s= SOCIETY OF
~ -~ ~ " ^ CIVIL
~ I:°'~' o A ~ ENGINEERS
~ ~ ~OUNDCO
1852
you M c~`
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE
A practice dirision of the
NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS
AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 1NSTITUTE
This document has been approved and endorsed by
•~ ~4,..
The Associated General '",'~-
Contractors of America
These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (I~'o.
]910-8-A-1 or 1910-8-.~-2, 1983 editions). Their provisions are intetTelated and a change in one may
necessitate a change in the others. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary
on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents, I~'o. 1910-9, 1981 edition. For
guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supple-
mentary Conditions (No. 1910-I7, 1983 edition). When bidding is involved, the Standard Form of
Instructions to Bidders (No. 1910-12, 1983 edition) may be used.
EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1983 Edition)
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article
A'umber Title Page
1 DEFINITIONS
...................................................... 7
2 PRELIMINARY'`4ATTERS
............................:........... g
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
INTENT, AMENDING AND REUSE ............................... 9
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
.............................................. 10
5 BONDS AND INSUR4NCE ........................................ ] 1
6 CONTR4CTOR'S RESPO'~SIBILITIES
............................ Iq
7 OTHER ~~,'ORK
..................................................... l8
8 OR'NER'S RESPONSIBILITIES .................................... 19
9 ENGIN'EER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 19
]0 CHANGES IN THE ~'~'ORK
......................................... 21
11 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PR]CE .................................. 21
12 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
................................... 24
]3 WARRANTY .4:~'D GL?AR4NTEE; TESTS AND
INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, RE',40VAL OR
ACCEPT,4NCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ..
......................... 24
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTR4CTOR AND COMPLETION ..... , , . , , , , 26
IS SUSPENSION OF \~'ORK AND TER?~4INATION .................. 29
16 ARBITR4TI0-'1 .
.................................................... 31
17 MISCELLANEOUS .
..................... ...... 32
3
ii
INDEX TO GENERAL COI~iDITIONS
Article or Paragraph
I~'umber
.Acceptance of Insurance ............................. S.13
Access to the \\'ork .................................. I3.2
.Addenda---definition of (see definition of
Specifications) ........................................ I
.Agreement-definition of ................................ 1
All Risk Insurance ..................................... 5.6
Amendment, \\'ritten ............................. 1, 3.1.1
.Application for Pa~~ment-definition of .................. 1
Application for Payment. Final ...................... 14.12
Application for Progress Payment .................... ]4.2
Application for Progress Payment-review of .... 14.4-14.7
Arbitration ~' ...........................16
Authorized \~ariation in \\'ork ......................... 9.S
Availabilit~~ of Lands .. ....................... ........ 4.l
Award, Notice of-defined .............................. l
Before Starting Construction ...................... 2.t-2.7
Bid-definition of ....................................... 1
Bonds and Insurance-in general ........................ 5
Bonds~Jefinition of ..................................... 1
Bonds, Delivery of ............................... 2.1. ~.1
Bonds, Performance and Other .................... 5.]-5.2
Cash Allo~'ances ..................................... 11.8
Change Order-definition of ............................. 1
Change Orders-to be executed ...................... 10.4
Changes in the \\'ork ................................. ]0
Claims, \\'aiver of-on Final Payment ............... 14.16
Clarifications and Interpretations ...................... 9.4
Cleaning .................... ...................... 6.17
Completion ............................................. l4
Completion. Substantial ....................... 14.8-14.9
:•
Conference. Preconstruction .......................... 2.8
Conflict, Error, Discrepanc~~-Contractor
to Report ..................................... 2.5, 3.3
Construction A4achinery, Equipment, etc . ............. 6.4
Continuing \\'ork ..................................... 6.29
Contract Documents-amending and
supplementing .................................. 3.4-3.5
Contract Documents-definition of ...................... 1
Contract Documents-Intent ...................... 3.1-3.3
Contract Documents-Reuse of .......... .......... 3.6
Contract Price, Change of .............................. ll
Contract Price-definition ............................... 1
Contract Time, Change of .............................. l2
Contract Time, Commencement of .................... 2.3
Contract Time-definition of ............................ 1
Contractor---definition of . ..... 1
Contractor ?,Say Stop \\'ork or Terminate ............. 15.5
Contractor's Continuing Obligation .................. 14.15
Contractor's Duty to Report Discrepancy
in Documents ............................ 2.5, 3.2
Contractor's Fee-Cost Plus ... l 1.4.5.6, 11.5.1, l 1.6-11.7
Contractor's Liability Jnsurance ....................... 5.3
Contractor's Responsibilities-in general ................ 6
Contractor's \\'arranty of Title .............. ....... 14.3
Contractors---other ...................................... 7
Contractual Liability Insurance ........................ 5.4
Coordinating Contractor-definition of ................ 7.4
Coordination ........................... ............ 7.4
Copies of Documents ........... ..................... 2.2
Correction or Removal of Defective Work ........... ]3.l 1
Correction Period. One Year ........................ 13.12
Correction. Removal or Acceptance of Defective
Work-in genera] ........................... 13.11-]3.14
Cost-net decrease ................................. 11.6.2
Cost of \\'ork ........ 1 I.4-1 l.5
Costs, Supplemental ................................ 11.4.5
Day-definition of . .................................. 1
Defecri,•e-definition of ................................. ]
Defecri,~e \\'ork, Acceptance of ...................... 13.13
Defecri,•e \\'ork. Correction or Removal of .......... 13.11
Defective Rork-in general ............... l3, 14.7, 14.11
Defecri,•e \\'ork, Rejecting ............................. 9.6
Definitions ................. ........................... ]
Delivery of Bonds ..................................... 2.1
Determination for Unit Prices ........................ 9.10
Disputes, Decisions by Engineer ................. 9.I 1-9.12
Documents, Copies of ................................. 2.2
Documents. Record .................................. 6.19
Documents, Reuse .................................... 3.6
Dra~>ings-definition of ................................. 1
Easements .......... 4,1
Effective date of .Agreement-definition of ............... 1
Emergencies ......................................... 6.22
Engineer---definition of .................................. 1
Engineer's Decisions .... .......... 9..10-9.12
Engineer's-Notice \\'ork is Acceptable ..... ... ., 14.13
Engineer's Recommendation of Payment ...... 14.4, 14.13
Engineer's Responsibilities, Limitations
on .................................. 6.6, 9.11, 9.13-9.16
Engineer's Status During Construction-in general ...... 9
Equipment, Labor, Alaterials and .................. 6.3-6.6
Equivalent 1.4aterials and Equipment .................. 6.7
Explorations of physical conditions ................... 4.2
Fee, Contractor's-Costs Plus ........................ 11.6
Field Order--definition of 1
Field Order-issued by Engineer ...... ....... 3.S.I, 9.5
Final .Application for Payment ............ ........ 14.12
Finallnspection ..................................... 14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance 14.13
Final Pa~~ment, Recommendation of ........... ]4.13-]4.14
General Provisions 17.3-17.4
General Requirements-definition of ..................... 1
General Requirements-principal
references to ................. 2.6, 4.4, 6.4, 6.6.6.7, 6.23
4
n
n
0
0
u
D
n
n
u
0
0
i
~~
J
J
7
D
i~
Il
Il
n
'J
Giving I~'otice ........................................ 17.1
Guarantee of Work-by Contractor ............ .... 13.1
Indemnification ................................. 6.30-6.32
Inspection, Final .................................... 14.11
Inspection, Tests and ................................. 13.3
Insurance, Bonds and-in general ....................... 5
Insurance, Certificates of ........................... 2.7, 5
Insurance-completed operations ................... 5.3
Insurance, Contractor's Liability ...................... 5.3
Insurance, Contractual Liability ....................... 5.4
Insurance, Ov,~ner's Liability .......................... 5.5
Insurance, Propeny ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5.6-5.13
Insurance-~i'aiver of Rights ... .................. 5.11
....
Intent of Contract Documents ................. 3.3, 9.14
Interpretations and Clarifications ...................... 9.4
Investigations of physical conditions ................... 4.2
Labor, Aaterials and Equipment .................. 6.3-6.5
La~~s and Regulations-definition of ................. 1
Laves and Regulations-general ....................... 6.14
Liability Insurance-Contractor's ..................... 5.3
Liability Insurance-Ov.~ner's ......................... 5.5
Liens---definitions of ................................ 14.2
Limitations on Engineer's
Responsibilities ..................... 6.6, 9.11, 9.13-9.16
Materials and equipment-furnished by Contractor .... 6.3
Aaterials and equipment-not
.incorporated in Rork ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, l4 ~
?~4aterials or equipment---equivalent ................. 6.7
Miscellaneous Provisions ............... 17
Multi-prime contracts ................................... 7
Notice, Giving of ................. ....... 17.1
'n'otice of.4cceptability of Project ....................]4.13
Notice of Av~•ard-definition of ........... 1
?Notice to Proceed-definition of .......... 1
Notice to Proceed-giving of .......................... 2.3
"Or-Equal" Items ...................... 6.7
Other contractors ....................... , 7
Other vti~ork ... .......................... 7
Overtime ~~'ork-prohibition of ........................ 6.3
Owner-definition of .................... 1
Owner May Correct Defective Work ......... .13.14
Owner A4ay Stop N'ork ............... ....•.. ]3.I0
Owner May Suspend ~~'ork, Terminate ......... 15.1-15.4
Owner's Duty to Execute Change Orders ............. 11.8
Ov.•ner's Liabilit}~ Insurance ........ .... 5.5
Owner's Representative-Engineer to serve as ........ 9.1
Owner's Responsibilities-in general .......... g
Owner's Separate Representative at site ............... 9.3
Partial Utilization ............:........ I4.I0
Partial Utilization-definition of .................. 1
.......
Partial Utilization-Propeny Insurance ............... S.15
Patent Fees and Ro}•alties ,.. 6.12
Pa}~ments, Recommendation of ........... 14.4-14.7, 14.13
Payments to Contractor-in general .............. . . . . . 14
Pa}~ments to Contractor-When due ........... 14.4, 14.13
Payments to Contractor-withholding ................ 14.7
Performance and other Bonds ..................... S.1-5.2
Permits ...... ...................................... 6.13
Ph}~sica] Conditions ................................... 4.2
Physical Conditions-Engineer's review ............. 4.2,4
Ph}~sical Conditions-existing structures ............. 4.2.2
Ph}~sical Conditions-explorations and reports ....... 4.2.1
Physical Conditions-possible document change ..... 4.2.5
Ph}~sical Conditions-price and time adjustments .... 4.2.5
Physical Conditions-report of differing ............. 4.2.3
Ph}~sical Conditions-Underground Facilities .......... 4.3
Preconstruction Conference ................:.......... 2.8
Preliminary ?Matters .................................. . 2
Premises, Use of ........................ 6.16-6.18
Ptice, Change of Contract .............................. ] 1
Price-Contract-definition of ............................ 1
Progress Pa}•ment, Applications for ................... 14.2
Progress Pa~•ment-retainage ......................... 14.2
Progress schedule ....... ......2.6, 2.9, 6.6, 6?9, 15.2.6
Project-definition of .................................... 1
Project Representation-provision for ................. 9.3
Project Representative, Resident-definition of .......... 1
Project, Starting the ................................... 2.4
Property Insurance ....... ............ 5.6-5.13
Propeny Insurance-Partial Utilization ............... 5.15
Propen}• Insurance-Receipt and Application
of Proceeds 5.12-5.13
Protection, Safety and ........................... 6.20-6.21
Punch list ........................................... 14.11
Recommendation of Pa}~ment .................. 14.4, 14.13
Record Documents ................:.................. 6.19
Reference Points ...................................... 4.4
Regulations, Lams and ............................... 6.14
Rejecting Defective Work ............................. 9.6
Related ~'~'ork at Site .............................. 7.]-7.3
Remedies Not Exclusive ............................. ]7.4
Removal or Correction of Defec~ive Vl'ork ........... 13.11
Resident Project Representative-definition of ........... 7
Resident Project Representative-provision for ........ 9.3
Responsibilities, Contractor's-in general ............... 6
Responsibilities, Engineer's-in general ................. 9
Responsibilities, Owner's-in general .................... 8
Retainage ............................................ 14.2
Reuse of Documents .................................. 3.5
Rights of 1~'ay ............................. 4.1
Ro}~alties, Patent Fees and ........................... 6.12
Safety and Protection ............................ 6.20-6.21
Samples .................................... .. 6.23-6.28
Schedule of progress ........ 2.6, 2.8-2.9,6.6, 6.29, ]5.2.6
Schedule of Shop DraW~ing
submissions ......... ............ 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.23, 14.1
Schedule of values ...................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules, Finalizing .................................. 2.9
Shop Drav~•ings and Samples ..................... 6.23-6.28
Shop Dnv.~ings-definition of ............. ........ l
.......
Shop Drawings, use to approve
substitutions ..:................................... 6.7.3
I
Site, Visits to-by Engineer ........................... 9.2
Specifications-definition of ............................. 1
Starting Construction, Before .....:................ 2.5-2.8
Starting the Project .................................... 2.4
Stopping \Vork-by Contractor ....................... 15.5
Stopping Work-by O~x~ner .......................... 13.10
Subcontractor-definition of ............................. 1
Subcontractors-in general ....................... 6.8-6.I1
Subcontracts-required provisions ............ 5.1 l.l, 6.l 1
11.4.3
Substantial Completion--~enification of .::........... 14.8
Substantial Completion-definition of .................... 1
Substitute or °'Or-Equal" Items ....................... 6.7
Subsurface Conditions ............................. 4.2-4.3
Supplemental costs ................................. 11.4.5
Supplementary Conditions--definition of ................ 1
Supplementary Conditions-principal
references to .. 2.2, 4.2, S.I, 5.3, 5.6-5.8, 6.3, 6.13, 6.23,
' 7.4, 9.3
Supplementing Contract Documents ............... 3.4-3.5
Supplier-definition of ................................... l
Supplier-principal references to ... 3.6, 6.5, 6.7-6.9,.6.20,
6.24, 9.13, 9.16, ] l .8, 13.4, 14.12
Surety~onsent to payment .................. 14.12, 14.14
Surety-Engineer has no duty. to ..................... 9.13
Surety-notice to .......................... 10.1, 10.5, 15.2
Surety-qualification of ........................... 5.1-5.2
Suspending \Vork, by O~•ner ......................... ]5.]
Suspension of Work and Termination-in general ....... ]5
Superintendent-Contractor's ......................... 6.2
Supervision and Superintendence ... ............... 6.1-6.2
Taxes-Payment by Contractor ....................... 6.15
Termination-b}' Contractor .......................... 15.5
Termination-by Ov.>ner ......................... 15.2-15.4
Termination, Suspension of Work and-in general ...... 15
Tests and Inspections ........................... 13.3-]3.7
Time, Change;;of Contract .............................. 12
Time, Computation of ........... ................... 17.2
Time, Contract--definition of ............................ l
Uncovering Work .........:..................... 13.8-13.9
Underground Facilities--definition of ................ ... ]
Underground Facilities-not shov.>n or indicated ..... 4.3.2
Underground Facilities-protection of ........... 4.3, 6.20
Underground Facilities-shov.~n or indicated ........: 4.3.1
Unit Price \\'ork-definition of ............. 1
Unit Price \Vork-general ................. 11.9, 14.1, 14.5
Unit Prices ......................................... 11.3.1
Unit Prices. Determinations for ....................... 9.10
Use of Premises .......................... 6.16-6.18
Utility ov.~ners .......................... 6.13, 6.20, 7.2-7.3
Values, Schedule of ..................... 2.6, 2.9, 14.1
Variations in \Vork-.Authorized ............ 6?5, 6.27, 9.5
Visits to Site-b}' Engineer ............................ 9.2
\\'aiver of Claims-on Final Pa}>ment ................ 14.16
Waiver of Rights by insured parries ............. 5.10, 6.l 1
\\~arrarty and Guarantee-by Contractor ............. 13.1
Warrant}~ of Title, Contractor's ....................... 14.3
\\'ork, Access to ..................................... 13.2
\\~ork-by others ........................................ 7
\\'ork Continuing During Disputes .................... 6.29
\\~ork, Cost of ................................... ]1.4-11.5
V~'ork-definition of ..................................... l
Work Directive Change-definition of ................... 1
Work Directive Change-principal
references to ............................ 3.4.3, 10.1-]0.2
Work, Neglected by Contractor ..................... 13.14
\;'ork, Stopping by Contractor ........................ 15.5
V1'ork, Stopping by OH~ner ....................... 15.1-15.4
\Vritten Amendment-definition of ...................... 1
\\'ritten Amendment-principal
references to ..................... 3.4.1,10.1,11.2, 12.1
l
7
J
J
1
0
0
u
ii
u
0
0
u
s ~
i~
1.
D
GENERAL CONDITIONS
.4RTlCLE 1-DEFINITIONS
\\'herever used in these General Conditions or in the other
Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings
indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural
thereof:
Addenda-Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the
opening of Bids ~rhich clarify. correct or chznge the bidding
documents or the Contract Documents.
(~
1
r
Agreement-The written agreement between O\1'NER and
CONTRACTOR covering the \\'ork to be performed; other
Contract Documents are attached to the ,4greement and made
a part thereof as provided therein.
Application for Po~•menl-The form accepted by E\'GI-
NEER which is to be used b}~ CONTRACTOR in requesting
progress or final payments and tifiich is to include such sup-
porting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents.
Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the
prescribed form setting forth the prices for the \\'ork to be
performed.
Bonds-Bid, performance and payment bonds and other
instruments of security.
Change Order-,4 document recommended by E:~GI\EER,
which is signed by CONTRACTOR and O\\'NER and autho-
rizes an addition, deletion or revision in the \\'ork. or an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. issued
on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
Contract Docr,tnenrs-The Agreement, Addenda (v.•hich per-
tain to the Contract Documents), CONTR4CTOR's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the Bid and an}' post-
Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of ,Award)
When attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds,
these General Conditions, the Supplementar}~ Conditions, the
Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more spe-
cificallyidentified in the Agreement, together With all amend-
ments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
Controct Price-The moneys payable by O\\'NER to CON-
TRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the
Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in
the case of Unit Price Work).
Contract Time-The number of da}~s (computed as provided
in paragraph ]7.2) or the date stated in the Agreement for the
completion of the Work.
CONTRACTOR-The person, firm or corporation with whom
OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
defective-,4n adjective which When modifying the word Work
refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or
does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not
meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard,
test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or
has been damaged prior to ENGINEER'S recommendation
of final payment (urt)ess responsibility for the protection thereof
has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in
accordance ~~ith paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
Drawings-The drawings v.•hich show the character and scope
of the \\'ork to be performed and v.•hich have been prepared
or appro~~ed by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Con-
tract Documents.
Effective Dote of the Agree,ent-The date indicated in the
Agreement on ~•hich it becomes effective, but if no such date
is indicated it means the date on Which the .4greement is
signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and
deliver.
E','~'GI,A`EER-The person, firm or corporation named as such
in the Agreement.
Field Order-A written order issued by ENGINEER which
orders minor changes in the Rork in accordance ~>ith para-
graph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract
Price or the Contract Time.
General Requirements-Sections of Division ] of the Speci-
fications.
Lo~•s and Regulations; La~•s or Regulations-Laws, rules,
regulations, ordinances, codes and/or orders.
1Jotice of A„•ord--The written notice by OWNER to the
apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by
the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent
enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will
sign and deliver the Agreement.
.'n'otice ro Proceed-A v.•ritten notice given by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date
on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on
which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRAC-
TOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents.
OWA'ER-The public body cr authority, corporation, asso-
ciation, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has emered
into the Agreement and for whom the \\'ork is to be provided.
Partial Utili;,otion-Placing a portion of the \\'ork in service
for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose)
before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work.
Project-The total construction of v~~hich the Work to be
provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole,
or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Resident Project Representative-The authorized represen-
tative of ENGINEER Who is assigned to the site or any part
thereof.
Shop Drax~ings-All dray.>ings, diagrams, illustrations,
schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by
or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work
and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, perfor-
mance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information
prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the \i'ork.
Specifications-Those portions of the Contract Documents
consisting of vrritten technical descriptions of materials,
equipment, construction systems, standards and workman-
ship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details
applicable thereto.
Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a
direct contract with CONTRACTOR or ~•ith any other Sub-
contractor for the performance of a part of the Vdork at the
site.
Substamial Coinplerion-The Work (or a specified pan thereof)
has progressed to the point v.•here, in the opinion of ENGI-
NEER as evidenced by ENGINEER'S definitive certificate
of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in
accordance v~~ith the Contract Documents, so that the \\'ork
(or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for v.•hich
it is intended; or if there be no such certificate issued, when
final payment is due in accordance ~~~ith paragraph ]4.13. The
terms "substantially complete" and "substantially com-
pleted" as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Comple-
tion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract Docu-
ments Which amends or supplements these Genera] Condi-
tions.
Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor
materialman or vendor.
Underground Facilities-Al] pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables,
wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities
or attachment's, and any encasements containing such facil-
iticswhich have been installed underground to furnish any of
the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam,
liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communica-
tions, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic
or other control systems or water.
Unit Price li'ork-R'ork to be paid for on the basis of unit
prices.
1~'orf;-The entire completed construction or the various sep-
arately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished
under the Contract Documents. ~'Jork is the result of per-
forming services, furnishing Labor and furnishing and incor-
porating materials and equipment into the construction, all
as required by the Contract Documents.
Work Directive Change-A written directive to CONTRAC-
TOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by OVI'NER and recommended by ENGINEER,
8
ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under
v.~hich the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph
4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Rork
Directive Change may not change the Contract Price or the
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that
the change directed or documented by a Work Directive
Change will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change
Order fo]lov.°ing negotiations by the parries as to its effect, if
any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in
paragraph 10.2.
Written Amendment-A ~~•ritten amendment of the Contract
Documents, signed by OV1'NER and CONTRACTOR on or
after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally deal-
ingwith the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly
Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree-
ments to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to
OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR maybe required to
furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con-
ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably nec-
essary for the execution of the \'Jork. Additional copies v~~ill
be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Time; 1\'olice to Proceed:
2.3. The Contract Time v.~ill commence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if
a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the
~'otice to Proceed. A I~'otice to Proceed may be given at any
time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the AEree-
ment. In no event will the Contract Time commence to run
later than the seventy-fifth day after the day of Bid opening
or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement,
whichever date is earlier.
Starting the Project:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on
the date when the Contract Time commences to run, but no
Rork shall be done at the site prior to the date on Which the
Contract Time commences to run.
Before Staving Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the V~'ork, CON-
TRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract
Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown
J
n
0
0
J
~1
J
n
0
0
u
i~
i~
i~
D
ii
~~
i~
'~
CII
i
thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRAC-
TOR shall promptly report in ~~riting to ENGINEER any
conflict, error or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may
discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarifi-
cation from ENGINEER before proceeding with any \\'ork
affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be lia-
ble to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any
conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents,
unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
2.6. \\'ithin ten days after the Effective Date of the A~ree-
ment (unless otherv.>ise specified in the General Require-
ments), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review:
2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the
staring and completion dates of the various stages of the
Work;
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing sub-
missions; and
2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the
Work v.~hich Hill include quantities and prices of items
aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the \'1'ork
into component pans in sufficient detail to serve as the
basis for progress pa}~ments during construction. Such
prices ~~ill include an appropriate amount of overhead and
profit applicable to each item of Work Which W~il] be con-
firmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of sub-
mission.
2.7, Before any Rork at the site is staved, CONTRAC-
TOR shall deliver to O\\%NER, with a copy to ENGINEER,
cerificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and
maintain in accordance with paragraphs S.3 and 5.4, and
OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR certificates (and
other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR)
which OR'D'ER is required to purchase and maintain in
accordance ~~•ith paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7.
Preconstruction Conference:
2.8. R'ithin twenty da}~s after the Effective Date of the
Agreement, but before CONTRACTOR stars the \\'ork at
the site, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGI-
NEER and others as appropriate will be held to discuss the
schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, to discuss procedures
for handling Shop Draw>ings and other submittals and for
processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working
understanding among the parries as to the \\'ork.
Finalising Schedules:
2.9. At )east ten da}'s before submission of the first Appli-
cation for Pa}~ment a conference attended by CONTRAC-
TOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to
finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with para-
graph 2.6. The finalized progress schedule Will be acceptable
to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the
Work to completion ~~ithin the Contract Time, but such
acceptance Wi11 neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility
for the progress or scheduling of the Work nor relieve CON-
TRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized
schedule of Shop Drav~•ing submissions v.~ill be acceptable to
ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for pro-
cessingthe submissions. The finalized schedule of values ~•ill
be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance.
ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT. D0CliA4ENTS: INTENT,
A?~4ENDING, RELSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree-
ment between OWD'ER and CONTRACTOR concernine the
\'~'ork. The Contract Documents are complementar}~; N•hat is
called for b}' one is as binding as if called for by a11. The
Contract Documents v.~ill be construed in accordance ~~•ith
the law of the place of the Project.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe
a functionally complete Project (or par thereof) to be con-
structed in accordance ~~ith the Contract Documents. ,Any
\\'ork, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred
from the Contract Documents as being required to produce
the intended result will be supplied ~i•hether or not specifically
called for. \\'hen words which have swell-known technical
or trade meaning are used to describe V1'ork, materials or
equipment such words shall be interpreted in accordance with
that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals
or codes of any technical society, organization or association,
or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority,
whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall
mean the latest standard specification, manual, code or Laa•s
or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on
the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids),
except as maybe other-~~ise specifically stated. However, no
provision of any referenced standard specification, manual
or code (whether or not specifically incorporated b}~ reference
in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to change the
duties and responsibilities of OV~JD'ER, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their consuitants, agents or employ-
eesfrom those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall
it be effective to assign to ENGINEER, or any of ENGI-
NEER'S consultants, agents or emplo}~ees, any duty or
authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance
of the Work or an}' duty or authority to underake responsi-
bility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents
shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4.
3.3.. If, during the performance of the \\'ork, CONTRAC-
TOR finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR shall so report to ENGINEER
in writing at once and beforc proceeding With the Work affected
thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification
i
or
from ENGINEER; however, CONTRACTOR shall bot be
liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any
conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents
unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
such other lands which are designated for the use of CON-
TRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or perma-
nent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid
for by OWNER; unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents. if CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in
OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of--way or ease-
ments entitles CONTRACTOR to an extension of the Con-
tract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Article 12. CONTRsCTOR shall provide for all
additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.4. The Contract Documents may be amended to pro-
vide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Rork or to
modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of
the following v.•ays:
3.4.1, a formal Written .Amendment,
Ph}~sical Conditions:
n
3.4.2, a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.41,
3.4.3. a 1'~'ork Directive Change (pursuant to para-
graph 10.1):
.As indicated in paragraphs l 1.2 and 12. ],Contract Price and
Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a
R'ritten Amendment.
3.5. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Docu-
mentsmay be supplemented, and minor variations and devia-
tions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the
following ways:
3.5.I. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5),
3.5.2. ENGINEER'S approval. of a Shop Drav.~ing or
sample. (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or
3.5.3. ENGINEER'S written interpretation or clarifi-
cation (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse of Documents:
3.6. 2~'either CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other person or organization performing or fur-
nishing any of the Rork under a direct or indirect contract
with OW;~*ER shall have or acquire any title to or ov.•nership
rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other docu-
ments (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the
scat of ENGINEER; and they shall not reuse any of them on
extensions of the Project or any other project v.•ithout Written
consent of OR'D'ER and ENGINEER and specific written
verification or adaptation by ENGINEER.
ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
Availability of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the Rork is to be per-
formed, rights-of-Way and easements for access thereto, and
]0
4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made
to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site that ha~~e been utilized by ENGINEER in prep-
aration of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR may
rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in
such reports, but not upon nontechnical data, interpreta-
tions oropinions contained therein odor the completeness
thereof for CONTRACTOR'S purposes. Except as indi-
cated in the immediately preceding sentence and in para-
graph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility
with respect to subsurface conditions at the site.
4.2.2. E.xisti~7g Structures: Reference is made to the
Supplementary Conditions for identification of those
dra~~~ings of physical conditions in or relating to existing
surface and subsurface structures (except Underground
Facilities referred to in paragraph 4. ~) which are at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGI-
NEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. CON-
TRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical
data contained in such draa>ings, but not for the complete-
ness thereof for CONTRACTOR'S purposes. Except as
indicated in the immediately preceding sentence and in
paragraph 4.2.6, CONTRACTOR shall have full respon-
sibility ~~ith respect to physical conditions in or relating
to such structures.
4.2.3. Report of Differing Conditions: if CONTRAC-
TOR believes that:
4.2.3.1. any technical data on which CONTRAC-
TOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1
and 4.2.2 is inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. any physical condition uncovered or
revealed at the site differs materially from that indi-
cated, reflected or referred to in the Contract Docu-
ments,
CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware
thereof. and before performing any Work in connection
- therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by para-
graph 6.22), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing
about the inaccuracy or difference.
~i~
i
n
J
I~
i~
'I
4.2.4. EA'GIA'EER's Revie~+•: ENGINEER will
promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the
necessity of obtaining additional explorations or tests with
respect thereto and advise O\'~'NER in ~~•ritinc(t~•ith a copy
to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER'S findings and con-
clusions.
4.2.5. Possible Docunte»t Change: If ENGINEER
concludes that there is a material error in the Contract
Documents or that because of newly discovered condi-
tions achange in the Contract Documents is required, a
\\'ork Directive Change or a Change Order will be issued
as provided in Article l0 to reflect and document the
consequences of the inaccuracy or difference.
4?.6. Possible Price and Time Adjustments: In each
such case, an increase or decrezse in the Contract Price
or an extension or shortening of the Contract lime. or any
combination thereof. mill be a11o"~ab1e to the extent that
they are attributable to any such inaccuracy or difference.
If OvVNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to
the amount or length thereof. a claim may be made therefor
as provided in ,Articles 11 and ] 2.
Ph~•sica! Conditions-Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shop+•» or Indicated: The information and data
sho~•n or indicated in the Contract Documents ~~•ith respect
to existing L?nderground Facilities at or contiguous to the
site is based on information and data furnished to O\\'NER
or ENGINEER by the owners of such L?nderground Facil-
ities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly pro-
vided in the Supplementary Conditions:
4.3.1.1. 0\\'NER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data: and,
4.3.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall have full responsi-
bility for reviewing and checking all such information
and data, for locating all L-~ndercround Facilities shov.•n
or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordina-
tion of the Rork with the owners of such Underground
Facilities during construction, for the safety and pro-
tection thereof as provided in parzgraph 6.20 and
repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work,
the cost of all of which will be considered as having
been included in the Contract Price.
4.3.2. I~'ot Sho~+•n or Ldicated. if an L?nderground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the
site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract
Documents and v.•hich CONTRACTOR could not reason-
ablyhave been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR
shall, promptly after becoming av.•are thereof and before
performing any Work affected thereby (except in an emer-
gency as permitted by paragraph 6.22), identify the ov~~ner
of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof
to that ov~•ner and to 0\i'NER and ENGINEER. ENGI-
NEER H~i11 promptly review the Undcrground Facility to
determine the extent to which the Contract Documents
should be modified to reflect and document the conse-
quences of the existence of the L?nderground Facility, and
the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented
to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRAC-
TOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of
such Underground Facilit}~ as provided in paragraph 6.20.
CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Con-
tract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both,
to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of
any Underground Facility that v.•as not shov.~n or indicated
in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR
could not reasonably have been expected to be av.•are of.
If the parries are unable to agree as to the amount or length
thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles 11 and l2.
Reference Points:
4.4. OR'NER shall provide engineering surveys to estab-
lish reference points for construction ~~•hich in ENGINEER'S
judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed
with the \\~ork. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for lay-
ing out the 1\'ork (unless otheru°ise specified in the General
Requirements), shall protect and preser~~e the established
reference points and shall make no changes or relocations
without the prior N•ritten approval of O\\'NER. CONTRAC-
TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference
point is Lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessar}• chances in grades or locations. and shall be respon-
sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such ref-
erence points by professionally qualified personnel.
ARTICLE 5-BONDS .AND INSURANCE
Performance and Other Bonds:
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and pay-
ment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract
Price as securit}~ for the faithful performance and payment of
all CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Docu-
ments. These Bonds shall remain in effect at (east until one
year after the date when final payment becomes due, except
as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Con-
tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such
other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Condi-
tions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Lava or
Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed
by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Com-
panies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sure-
ties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Com-
panies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the ,Audit
Staff Bureau of .Accounts, U.S. Treasury Department. All
Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied b}' a certified
copy of the authority to act.
5.2. if the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC-
TOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right
to do business is terminated in any state where any part of
11
the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements
of paragraph. 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within five days
thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of ~•hich
must be acceptable to OWNER.
Contractor's Liabiliq• Insurance:
5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such
comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is
appropriate for the «'ork being performed and furnished and
as will provide protection from claims set forth below ~~,•hich
may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR'S perfor-
mance and furnishing of the Work and CONTR~CTOR's
other obligations under the Contract Documents, N~hether it
is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, by any
Subcontractor; by anyone directly or indirectly emplo}•ed by
any of them to perform or furnish any of the ~~'ork. or by
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
5.3.1. Claims under workers' or v.~orkmen's compen-
sation, disability benefits and other similar employee ben-
efit acts; ~ '
5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,
occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRAC-
TOR'S employees;
thirty da}~s' prior written notice has been given to OWI~'ER
and ENGINEER by certified mail. All such insurance shall
remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter
when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or
replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12.
In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed
operations insurance for at ]east two years after final payment
and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such
insurance at final payment and one year thereafter.
Contractual Liabiliq• Insurance:
5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required
by paragraph 5.3 v,~il] include contractual liability insurance
applicable to CONTRACTOR'S obligations under paragraphs
6.30 and 6.31.
Ox•ner's Liabilil)• Insurance:
5.5. OVt':~'ER shall be responsible for purchasing and
maintaining OWNER'S own liability insurance and, at
OWNER'S option, may purchase and maintain such insur-
ance as will protect O~'~'NER against claims which ma}• arise
from operations under the Contract Documents.
u
i~
5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
CONTRACTOR'S employees;
5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury
liability coverage i~•hich are sustained (a) by any person
as a result of an offense directly or indirecth' related to
the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or
(b) by any other person for any other reason;
5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the ~~'ork
itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop-
erly wherever located, including loss of use resulting
therefrom; ~:`°
5.3.6. Claims arising out of operation of Lav,•s or Reg-
ulations for damages because of bodily injur}~ or death of
any person or for damage to property; and
5.3.7. Claims for damages because of bodily injur}~ or
death of an}' person or properly damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3. shall include
the specific coverages and be written for not less than the
limits of liability and coverages provided in the Supplemen-
tary Conditions, or required by law, v~hichever is greater.
The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include
completed operations insurance: All of the policies of insur-
ance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the
certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provi-
sion or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be
cancelled, materially changed or renev~•al refused until at )east
]2
Proper7}• Insurance:
5.6. Unless otherv.~ise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain properly
insurance upon the Rork at the site to the full insurable value
thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be pro-
vided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by LaW~s
and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests
of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER
and ENGINEER'S consultants in the Rork, all of whom shall
be listed as insureds or additional insured parries, shall insure
against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall
include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage
including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse
and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided
in the Supplementar}• Conditions, and shall include damages,
losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured
loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured
property (including but not limited to fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If
not covered under the "all risk" insurance or othervrise pro-
vided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall
purchase and maintain similar properly insurance on portions
of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit v.~hen such
portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for
Payment.
5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and
machinery insurance or additional properly insurance as may
be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and
Regulations v~•hich Will include the interests of OWNER,
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER AND
ENGINEER'S consultants in the Rork, all of Whom shall be
Listed as insured or additional insured parries.
i~
i~
i~
i~
i~
I~
~~
i~
i~
i~
~~
LI
5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or
other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and main-
tained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and
5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage
afforded will not be cancelled or materialll• changed or rene~~•al
refused until at least thirty da}~s' prior written notice has been
given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and gill contain
waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.11.2.
5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing 2nd
maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests
of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in the \\'ork to
the extent of any deductible amounts that are provided in the
Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss ~~•ithin the
deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Sub-
contractor orothers suffering any such loss and if any of them
wishes properly insurance coverage within the limits of such
amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchas-
er's own expense.
S.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other
special insurance be included in the properly insurance pol-
icy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance. and
the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appro-
priate Change Order or \Vritten Amendment. Prior to com-
mencement of the Rork at the site. OV~'NER shall in ~~~ritine
advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance
has been procured by OR'NER.
k'aiver ojRighis:
S.l l.l. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights
against each other for all losses and damages caused by
any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance
provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and any
other properly insurance applicable to the Rork. and also
waive all such rights against the Subcontractors. ENGI-
NEER, ENGI?`'EER's consultants and all other parries
named as insureds in such policies for losses and dzmages
so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcon-
tract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor u•i11
contain sirrti]ar Waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in
favor of O\\'NER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGI-
NEER'S consu]tantsand all other parries named as insureds.
None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that
any of the insured parries may have to the proceeds of
insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherU•ise pay-
able under any policy so issued..
5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that any
policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7
shall protect all of the parries insured and provide primary
coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils
covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall con-
tain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment
of any loss or damage the insurer mill have no rights of
recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or
additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate
waiver forms to be signed by ENGINEER or ENGI-
NEER'S consultant OWL'ER wit) obtain the same, and if
such v.~aiver forms are required of any Subcontractor,
CONTRACTOR will obtain the same.
Receipt and Application ojProceeds:
S.12. .Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to O~\'?~ER as trustee for the
insureds, as their interests ma}~ appear. subject to the require-
ments of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph
5.13. 0\\'NER shall deposit in a separate account any money
so received, and shall distribute it in accordance ~'.°ith such
agreement as the parries in interest may reach. if no other
special agreement is reached the damaged \\~ork shall be
repaired or .replaced, the moneys so received applied on
account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered
by an appropriate Change Order or \\'ritten .Amendment.
5.13. O\\'NER as trustee shall have power to adjust and
settle any )oss with the insurers unless one of the parries in
interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the
occurrence of loss to O\\'NER's exercise of this power. if
such objection be made, OWNER as trustee shall make set-
tlement With the insurers in accordance ~~•ith such agreement
as the parries in interest may reach. If required in ~~riting by
any parry in interest, O\\~NER as trustee shall, upon the
occurrence of an insured loss. give bond for the proper per-
formance of such duties.
Accepmnce ojlnsurance:
S.14. If O\~'NER has any objection to the coverage afforded
by or other provisions of the insurance required to be pur-
chased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance
~•ith paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying
v~ith the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CON-
TRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of
delivery of such certificates to O\\'NER in accordance with
paragraph 2.7. if CONTRACTOR has any objection to the
co~~erage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of
insurance required to be purchased and maintained by O\~';~ ER
in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of
their not complying ~~•ith the Contract Documents, CON-
TRACTOR shall notify OV1'NER in writing thereof v~•ithin ten
days of the date of delivery of such certificates to CON-
TRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OR'N'ER and
CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such addi-
tional information in respect of insurance provided by each
as the other may reasonably request. Fzilure b}' O\\'N ER or
CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection ~~~ithin
the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insur-
ance purchased by the other as comp)}ping with the Contract
Documents.
Partial Utili;,ation-Propert~• Insurance:
5.15. if OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Comple-
tion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accom-
plished in accordance ~•ith paragraph ]4.10: provided that no
l3
i~
such use or occupancy shat] commence before the insurers
providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice
thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage neces-
sitated thereby. The insurers providing the properly insur-
ance shall consent by endorsement on the polic}• or policies,
but the properly insurance shall not be cancelled or ]apse on
account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6-CONTR.ACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervision and Superintendence:
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work
competently and efficiently, de~~oting such attention thereto
and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary
to perform the \\'ork in accordance with the Contract Doc-
uments. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction, :but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a
specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure
of construction v'hich is indicated in and required by the
Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
to see that the finished \\'ork complies accurately v.•ith the
Contract Documents.
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the \\'ork at all times
during its progress a competent resident superintendent. N~ho
shall not be replaced ~~~ithout v.•ritten notice to O\\';~ER and
ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The
superintendent will be CONTRACTOR'S representative at
the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CON-
TRACTOR. ,All communications given to the superintendent
shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment:
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably
qualified personnel to survey and ]ay out the \\'ork and per-
form construction as required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline
and order at the site. Except in connection v.•ith the safety or
protection of persons or the \\'ork or properly at the site or
adjacent thereto, and except as other~~ise indicated in the
Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed
during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not
permit overtime v.>ork or the performance of \\'ork on Sat-
urday, Sunday or any legal holiday without 0\\'.NER's writ-
ten consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
6.4. Unless other~'ise c_pecified in the General Require-
ments, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon-
sibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation,
construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances,
fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals
necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up
and completion of the Work.
I4
6.5. ,All materials and equipment shall be of good quality
and new, except as other~•ise provided in the Contract Doc-
uments. if required by E'.'GINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required
tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, con-
nected,erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance
with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as
otherv.~ise provided in the Contract Documents: but no pro-
vision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to
ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER'S consultants, agents or
employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or author-
ity to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of
paragraph 9.15 or 9.I6.
.9djusting Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to E?~GINEER for
acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) adjust-
ments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon
of new developments; these ~•ill conform generally to the
progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply
vrith any provisions of the General Requirements applicable
thereto.
Substitutes or "Or-Equal" Items:
6.7.1. \\'henever materials or equipment are specified
or described in the Contract Documents by using the name
of a proprietar}' item or the name of a particular Supplier
the naming of the item is intended to establish the t}~pe,
function and quality required. Unless the name is followed
by words indicating that no substitution is permitted,
materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted
by ENGI?~'EER if sufficient information is submitted by
CONTRACTOR to allow ENGINEER to determine that
the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal
to that named. The procedure for review by ENGINEER
will include the follov.°ing as supplemented in the General
Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of
material and equipment will not be accepted by ENGI-
NEERfrom anyone other than CONTRACTOR. if CON-
TRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of
material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make writ-
ten application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof,
certifying that the proposed substitute vwill perform ade-
quately the functions and achieve the results called for by
the general design, be similar and of equal substance to
that specified and be suited to the same use as that spec-
ified. The application mill state that the evaluation and
acceptance of the proposed substitute v~~ill not prejudice
CONTR9CTOR's achievement of Substantial Comple-
tion on time, v.'hethet; or not acceptance of the substitute
far use in the Work will require a change in any of the
Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract. with OWNER for Work on the Project) to
adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether
or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection
with the Work is subject to pa}~ment of any license fee or
fl
~~
~'~
i~
~1
~~
i~
i~
royally..A11 variations of the proposed substitute from that
specified ~~•i11 be identified in the application and available
maintenance, repair and replacement sere ice ~~ i11 be indi-
cated. The application ~~ill also contain an itemized esti-
mate of all costs that ~~•ill result directly or indirectly from
acceptance of such substitute. including costs of redesign
and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting
change, all of which shall be considered by ENGINEER
in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may
require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR'S
expense additional data about the proposed substitute.
6.7.2. If a specific means, method. technique. sequence
or procedure of construction is indicated in or required b}~
the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or
utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique
or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGI\EER,
if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow
E'.'GINEER to determine that the substitute proposed is
equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract
Documents. The procedure for review by ENGI'EER
Fill be similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 2s applied
by ENGINEER and as may be supplemented in the Gen-
eral Requirements.
6.7.3. ENGINEER ~~•ill be al1o~~~ed a reasonable time
within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. ENGI-
NEER will be the sole judge of acceptability, and no
substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized ~~•ithout
ENGINEER'S prior written acceptance which ~~•ill be evi-
denced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop
Drawing. O\\'N ER may require CONTRACTOR to fur-
nish at CONTRACTOR'S expense a special performance
guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute.
ENGINEER mill record time required by ENGINEER
and ENGINEER'S consultants in evaluating substitutions
proposed by CONTRACTOR end in making changes in
the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. \\'hether or
not ENGINEER accepts a proposed substitute, CON-
TRACTOR shall reimburse O\~'NER for the charges of
ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S consultants for evaluat-
ing each proposed substitute.
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon-
tractor, Supplierorotherperson or organization (including
those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indi-
cated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substi-
tute, against v.~hom OR'NER or E?.'GINEER may have
reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required
to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization to furnish or perform any of the \'1'ork against
v~~hom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the
identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other per-
sons or organizations (including those a~ho are to furnish
the principal items of materials and equipment) to be sub-
mitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior
to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by
OWNER and ENGINEER and if CONTRACTOR has
submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supple-
mentan• Conditions, OWNER'S or ENGINEER'S accept-
ance (either in writing or by failing to make written objec-
tion thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objec-
tion inthe bidding documents or the Contract Documents)
of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of
reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the
Contract Price u~il] be increased by the difference in the
cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate
Change Order will be issued or \>.'ritten Amendment signed.
No acceptance by OV~'NER or ENGINEER of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
shall constitute a waiver of any right of 0\1'NER or ENGI-
NEER to reject defecrire \~'ork.
6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to O\'~'NER
and ENGINEER for a]] acts and omissions of the Subcon-
tractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations per-
forming or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or
indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRAC-
TOR isresponsible for CONTRACTOR'S own acts and omis-
sions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any
contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER
and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization. nor shall it create an~~ obligation on the part of
O\\'NER or ENGI?~EER to pay or to see to the payment of
any moneys due any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other
person or organization except as may otherwise be required
by Laws and Regulations.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON-
TRACTOR in dividing the ~'.'ork among Subcontractors or
Suppliers or delineating the `.'Fork to be performed by any
specific trade.
6J 1. .All \\'ork performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub-
contractor mill be pursuant to an appropriate agreement
between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which spe-
cifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWNER and ENGINEER and contains waiver provisions
as required by paragraph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay
each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys
received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under pol-
icies issued pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7,
Patent Fees and Ro~•alties:
6.12, CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and roy-
alties and assume all costs incident to the use in the perfor-
mance of the V1'ork or the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device ~-~hich is the
subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. if a
particular invention, design, process, product or device is
specified in the Contract Documents for use in the perfor-
mance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER
]5
or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or cop}~rights
calling for the pa}~ment of any license fee or royalty to others,
the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in
the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify
and hold harmless O~'VNER and ENGINEER and anyone
directly or indirectly emplo}~ed by either of them from and
against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including
attorneys' fees and court and arbitration costs) arising out of
any infringement of patent rights or cop}~righis incident to
the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, profess,
product or device not specified in the Contract Documents,
and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged
infringement of such rights.
Permits:
6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pa}~ for all con-
strvction perzriits and licenses. O~'~'NER shall assist CON-
TRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and
licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges
and inspection fees necessar}• for the prosecution of the Rork,
which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or if there
are no Bids on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON-
TRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for con-
nections to the ~'~'ork, and O~'~'NER shall pay all charges of
such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as
plant investment fees.
place of the Project Which are applicable during the perfor-
mance of the Work.
Use of Premises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip-
ment, the storage of materials and equipment and the oper-
ations of workers to the Project site and land and areas iden-
tified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other
land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-
of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably
encumber the premises with construction equipment or other
materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full
responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to
the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contig-
uous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work.
Should an}> claim be made against O~'~'NER or EI.'GINEER
by any such owner or occupant because of the performance
ofthe \~~ork, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle
with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the
claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the
fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold OWNER and ENGINEER harmless from and against
all claims, damages, Josses and expenses (including, but not
limited to, fees of engineers, architects, attorne}~s and other
professionals and coup and arbitration costs) arising directly,
indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equi-
table, brought by any such other party against OWNER or
ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out of
CONTRACTOR'S performance of the Work.
0
Lax~s and Regulations:
6.14.]. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to fur-
nishingand performance of the 13'ork. Except where oth-
erwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regu-
lations, neither OR'NER nor ENGINEER shall be respon-
sib)e for monitoring CONTRACTOR'S compliance with
any Laws or Regulations.
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifi-
cations or Drawings are at variance with any Laws or
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER
prompt written notice thereof, and any necessar}• changes
will be authorized by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.4. If CO?.'TRACTOR performs any 1~'ork
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to
such Laws or Regulations, and without such notice to
ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising
therefrom: however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR'S pri-
maryresponsibility tomake certain that the Specifications
and Drawings are in accordance with such Laws and
Regulations.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use
and other similar taxcs required to be paid by CONTRAC-
TOR in accordance With the Laws and Regulations of the
l5
6.I7. During the progress of the ~'~'ork, CONTRACTOR
shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work.
At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove
all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the
premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equip-
ment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave
the site clean and ready for occupancy by 0«'NER. CON-
TRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not
designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part
of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger
the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any pan of
the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that
will endanger it.
Record Documents:
6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at
the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written .Amendments, Change Orders, Rork
Directive Changes, Fie)d Orders and written interpretations
and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4j in good
order and annotated to show all changes made during con-
struction.These record documents together with all approved
samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings
will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon com-
1
I~
~l
J
i
~~I
~~
pletion of the \''ork, these record documents, samples and
Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.
Safet}• and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating,
maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro-
grams in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall
provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury
or loss to:
6.20.1. all employees on the \\%ork and other persons
and organizations who may be affected thereby;
6.20.2. all the \\%ork and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, ~~~hether in storage on or off the
site- and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, road-
~•ays, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not
designated for remo~•al, relocation or replacement in the
course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the
safety ofpersons or properly or to protect them from damage,
injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary
safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR
shall notify o~~•ners of adjacent properly and of Underground
Facilities and utility ov~ners ~~hen prosecution of the \\'ork
may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the pro-
tection, removal, relocation and replacement of their prop-
eny..All damage, injury or loss to any properly referred to
in paragraph 6._'A.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectl}~,
in whole or in pan, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor.
Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indi-
rectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the Work or anyone for ~~•hose acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss
attributable to the fault of Drav.•ings or Specifications or to
the acts or omissions of 0\\%NER or ENGINEER or anyone
employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either
of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indi-
rectly, in whole or in pan, to the fault or negligence of CON-
TRACTOR). CONTRACTOR'S duties and responsibilities
for the safety and protection of the \\%ork shall continue until
such time as all the \\'ork is completed and ENGINEER has
issued a notice to O\\%NER and CONTRACTOR in accord-
ancewith paragraph 14. ] 3 that the V1'ork is acceptable (except
as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substan-
tial Completion).
6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible rep-
resentative at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of
accidents. This person shall be CONTRACTOR'S superin-
tendent unless otherW~ise designated in writing by CON-
TRACTOR to OWNER.
17
Emergencies:
6.22. 1n emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Rork or properly at the site or adjacent thereto,
CONTRACTOR, without special instruction orauthorization
from ENGINEER or O\\'NER, is obligated to act to prevent
threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give
ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes
that any significant changes in the Work or variations from
the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. if ENGI-
NEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents
is required because of the action taken in response to an
emergency, a \\%ork Directive Change or Change Order will
be issued to document the consequences of the changes or
variations.
Shop Drawings and Samples:
6.23. After checking and verifi•ing all field measurements
and after compl}•ing U•ith applicable procedures specified in
the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance ~+°ith the
accepted schedule of Shop Dra~~•ing submissions (see para-
graph 2.9), or for other appropriate action if so indicated in
the Supplementary Conditions, five copies (unless other~~ise
specified in the General Requirements) of al] Shop Drawings,
which will bear a stamp or specific written indication that
CONTRACTOR has satisfied CO:~'TRACTOR's responsi-
bilities under the Contract Documents v.•ith respect to the
reviev,~ of the submission..All submissions v~•ill be identified
as ENGINEER may require. The data sho~•n on the Shop
Drawings ~•il] be complete with respect to quantities, dimen-
sions, specified performance and design criteria, materials
and similar data to enable ENGINEER to review the infor-
mation as required.
6?4. CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER
for review and approval with such promptness as to cause
no delay in \'Jork, all samples required by the Contract Doc-
uments. Al] samples will have been checked by and accom-
panied by a specific written indication that CONTRACTOR
has satisfied CO'~'TRACTOR's responsibilities under the
Contract Documents ~•ith respect to the review of the sub-
mission and will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier,
pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for ~~•hich
intended. •
6.25.1. Before submission of each Shdp Drawing or
sample CONTRACTOR shall have determined and veri-
fied all quantities, dimensions, specified performance cri-
teria, installation requirements, materials, catalog num-
bers and similar data ~~ith respect thereto and reviev.>ed
or coordinated each Shop Drav.~ing or sample with other
Shop Drawings and samples and with the requirements of
the Work and the Contract Documents.
6.25.2. At the time of each submission, CONTRAC-
TORshall give ENGINEER specific written notice of each
variation that the Shop Drav~•ings or samples may have
from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and,
in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on
l
each Shop Drawing submitted to ENGINEER for review
and approval of each such variation.
6?6. ENGINEER will review and approve with reason-
able promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but ENGI-
NEER'S review and approval will be only for conformance
~~ith the design concept of the Project and for compliance
with the information given in the Contract Documents and
shall not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences
orprocedures of construction (except ~~here a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to
safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review
and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate
approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CO\-
TRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER,
and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required nea• samples for review
and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention
in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for
by EN'GIN'EER on previous submittals.
6.27. ENGINEER'S review and approval of Shop Draw-
ings or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the
Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing
called ENGINEER'S attention to each such variation at the
time of submission as required by paragraph 6.?5.2 and
ENGINEER has given written approval of each such varia-
tion by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or
accompanying the Shop Drawing or sample approval; nor
will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Draw-
ings or from responsibility for having complied ti•ith the pro-
visions of paragraph 6.?~.1.
6?8. \\'herP a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the
Specifications;any related Work performed prior to ENGI-
NEER'sreview and approval of the pertinent submission will
be the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
Continuing the li'ork:
6.29. .CONTRACTOR shall carry on the \\'ork and adhere
to the progress schedule during al] disputes or disagreements
with OWNER. No \\'ork shall be delayed or postponed pend-
ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as
permitted by paragraph ]5.5 or as CONTRACTOR and
OWNER may otherwise agree in writing.
provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is
attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to
injury to or destruction of tangible propert}• (other than the
\\'ork itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and
(b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or
omission of CONTRACTOR. am' Subcontractor, atr}' person
or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them
to perform or furnish any of the Rork or anyone for ~~•hose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not
it is caused in part b}• a part}~ indemnified hereunder or arises
by or is imposed by Lai;~ and Regulations regardless of the
negligence of any such pan}~.
6.31. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI-
NEER or any of their consultants, agents or employees by
any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anv
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any
of them to perform or furnish an}' of the \\'ork or anyone for
~•hose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification
obligation under paragraph 6.30. shall not be limited in any
w•ay by any ]imitation on the amount or t}•pe of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR
or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization
under v.~orkers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability
benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.32. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under para-
graph 6.30 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER,
ENGINEER'S consultants, agents or employees arising out
of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions,
reports, surve}•s, Change Orders, designs or specifications.
ARTICLE 7-OTHER \\'ORK
J
Indemnij~cation:
6.30. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regu-
lations CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER and ENGINEER and their consultants, agents and
emplo}~ees from and against all claims, damages, losses and
expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not
limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorne}•s
and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) aris-
ing out of or resulting from the performance of the \'~'ork,
l8
Related Vl'ork at Site:
7. I . O\~'NER may perform other work related to the Proj-
ect at the site by O\'~'NER's own forces, have other work
petionned by utility oti•ners or let other direct contracts therefor
«•hich shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If
the fact that such other ~~ork is to be performed was not noted
in the Contract Documents, ~•ritten notice thereof ~•ill be
given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other
work; and, if CONTRACTOR believes- that such perfor-
mance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or
requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree
as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles l 1 and 72.
7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and
other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract (or
OWNER, if Ov~'NER is performing the additional work with
OWNER'S emplo}gees) proper and safe access to the site and
a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such work, and
shall properly connect and coordinate the \~1'ork with theirs.
CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of
the Work that maybe required to make its several pans come
together properly and integrate with such other work. CON-
i~
i~
I
C
i~
n
TRACTOR shall not endanger any Work of others by cutting,
excavating or otherv.~ise altering their Mork and ~~i11 only cut
or alter their ~*~ork v.•ith the v.~ritten consent of E'~GI'~EER
and the others v.~hose ~~~ork ~;•ill be affected. The duties and
responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are
for the benefit of such utility oN•ners and other contractors
to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the
benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between
OWNER and such unlit}~ owners and other contractors.
7.3. If any pan of CONTRACTOR'S \\'ork depends for
proper execution or results upon the v.~ork of an}• such other
contractor or utility owner (or O\\'!~ER), CONTRACTOR
shall inspect and promptly report to ENGINEER in v.•riting
any dela}~s, defects or deficiencies in such work that render
it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and
results. CONTRACTOR'S failure so to report will constitute
an acceptance of the other ~~~ork as fit and proper for inte~ra-
tion with CONTR~CTOR's \\'ork except for latent or non-
apparent defects and deficiencies in the other v~ork.
lures which have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing
the Drawings and Specifications.
8.5. O\\'NER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing
and maintaining liability and properly insurance are set forth
in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8.
8.6. OR;\ER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4.
8.7. O«%NER's responsibility in respect of certain
inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection with O\'1'NER's right to stop \\'ork or
suspend 1\'ork, see paragraphs 13.10 and ]~.1. Paragraph ]5.2
deals with OVJNER's right to terminate services of CON-
TRACTOR under certain circumstances.. _
ARTICLE 9-ENGINEER'S STATE'S DURING
CONSTRUCTION
Coordination:
7.4. if O\\'NER contracts ~~•ith others for the perfor-
mance of other ~*~ork on the Project at the site. the person or
organization v.~ho ~~~ill have authority and responsibilit}~ for
coordination of the activities among the various prime con-
tractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions,
and the specific matters to be covered b}' such authority and
responsibilit}' ~a'ill be itemized, and the extent of such 2uthor-
ityand responsibilities will be provided. in the Supplementary
Conditions. Unless otherv,~ise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, neither 0\\'NER nor ENGINEER shall have an_v
authority or responsibility in respect of such coordination.
ARTICLE 8-OR'NER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.]. O\'.%NER shall issue all communications to CON-
TRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI-
NEER, OVJ?~'ER shall appoint an engineer against N~hom
CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, v~~hose sta-
tusunder the Contract Documents shall be that of the former
ENGINEER. Any dispute in connection With such appoint-
ment shall be subject to arbitration.
OH•ner's Representative:
9.1. ENGINEER will be O\~%NER's representative dur-
ing the construction period. The duties and responsibilities
and the ]imitations of authority of ENGINEER as O\~'NER's
representative during construction are set forth in the Con-
tract Documents and shall not be extended Without written
consent of 0\\'NER and ENGINEER.
1'isits to Site:
9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe
the progress and quality of the executed Work and to deter-
mine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance
with the Contract Documents. ENG]NEER will not be required
to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check
the quality or quantity of the \i'ork. ENGINEER'S efforts
will be directed toward providing for O\\'NER a greater degree
of confidence that the completed V~'ork v.~ill conform to the
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site
observations as an experienced and qualified design profes-
sional, ENGINEER will keep OV~'NER informed of the prog-
ress of the ~fi'ork and ~~ill endeavor to guard 0\~'NER against
defects and deficiencies in the \'~'ork.
8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OR'NER
under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay-
ments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due. as
provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNER'S duties in respect of providing lands and
easements and providing engineering surveys to establish
reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Para-
graph 4.2 refers to OWNER'S identifying and making avail-
able to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and
tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing struc-
Project Representation:
9.3. If OV~'NER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in observing the performance of the \~'ork. The
duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any
such Resident Project Representative and assistants ~~•ill be
as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. if OR"DER
designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site
~~ho is not ENGINEER'S agent or emplo}gee, the duties,
responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other
person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
19
Clarifications and Interpretations: .
9.4. ENGII~'EER v~•i11 issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the require-
ments of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings
or otherwise) as ENGL'~'EER may determine necessary, which
shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the
o~~erall intent of the Contract Documents. if CONTRACTOR
believes that a v.~ritten clarification or interpretation justifies
an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the
amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR map make a claim
therefor as provided in Article 11 or .4nicle l2.
Authorized Variations in Rork:
9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the
Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which
do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Time and are consistent v.•ith the overall intent of
the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a
Field Order and. will be binding on OVdNER, and also on
CONTRACTOR _ who shall perform the Work involved
promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order
justifies an increase. in the Contract Price or an extension of
the Contract Time and the parries are unab]e to agree as to
the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR ma}~ make a
claim therefor as provided in .4nicle I 1 or ] 2.
Rejecting Defective 11'ork:
9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be d~fecrire, and
will also have authorit}° to require special inspection or testing
of the Work as provided in paragraph ]3.9, whether or not
the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Drax~ings; Change Orders and Pa}•ments:
9J In connection with ENGINEER'S responsibility for
Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6?3 through
6.28 inclusive...
9.8. In connection with ENGII~'EER's responsibilities as
to Change Orders, see Articles ]0, 11 and 12.
9.9. In connection with ENGINEER'S responsibilities in
respect of Applications for Pa}~ment, etc., see Article 14.
Determinations for Unit Prices:
9.10. ENGINEER '.~~ill determine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit Price Rork performed by CON-
TRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER'S preliminary determinations on such matters
before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommen-
dation of an Application for Pa}~ment or other~~ise). ENGI-
NEER'S written decisions thereon ~~ill be final and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days
after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CON-.
TRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and
to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from
such a decision.
Decisions on Disputes:
9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the
interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the \~'ork and
claims under .Articles l 1 and 12 in respect of changes in the
Contract Price or Contract Time ~'.•ill be referred initially to
ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision
in accordance with this paragraph, H•hich ENGINEER will
render in writing within a reasonable time. Written notice of
each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered
by the claimant to ENGI'~EER and the other party to the
Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days)
after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto, and
Written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and
the other parry within sixty days after such occurrence unless
ENGII~'EER allov.~s an additional period of time to ascertain
more accurate data in support of the claim.
9.12. }When functioning as interpreter and judge under
paragraphs 9.I0 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show par-
tiality to OR'NER or CONTRACTOR and ti~ill not be liable
in connection ~~~ith an}' interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by
ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9. l0 and 9.11 with respect
to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any ~~•hich
have been waived by the making or acceptance of fina] pay-
ment as provided in paragraph ]4.16) will be a condition
precedent to any exercise by O\~'NER or CONTRACTOR
of such rights or remedies as either may otherv~~ise have under
the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any such claim, dispute or other matter.
Limitations on E.'t'GL't'EER'sReSponsibilities:
9.13. ?.'either ENGINEER'S authority to act under this
Article 9 or elseW~here in the Contract Documents nor any
decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or
responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Sub-
contractor, any Supplier, or an} other person or organization
performing any of the \~'ork, or to any surety for any of them.
9.I4. 1'Jhenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as
ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allov.~ed", "as
approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper"
or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement, direction, reviev,~ or judgment
of ENGINEER as to the \1'ork, it is intended that such
requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to
evaluate the Work for compliance with the Contract Docu-
ments (unless there is a specific statement indicating other-
wise).. The use of any such term or adjective shall not be
20
i~
i~
i~
i~
i~
i~
i~
I~
effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to
supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the \\'ork
or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary
to the provisions of paragraph 9. ] 5 or 9.16.
9.15. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CO1~T-
TRACTOR'smeans, methods, techniques, sequences or pro-
cedures of construction, or the safety precautions and pro-
grams incident thereto, and ENGINEER mill not be respon-
sible for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform. or furnish the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.16. ENGINEER v.~ill not be responsible for the acts or
omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing
or furnishing any of the Work.
.ARTICLE ]0-CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. \\'ithout im•alidating the Agreement and without notice
to any surety, O\\'NER may, at any time or from time to
time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the \\'ork;
these will be authorized by a \\'ritten .Amendment. a Change
Order, or a Work Directive Change. Upon receipt of an}' such
document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the
Work involved which will be performed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents (except as other~•ise
specifically provided).
10.2. if O\\'I~ER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree
as to the extent, if any, of an increase or decrease in~the
Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract
Time that should be allov.~ed as a result of a V1'ork Directive
Change, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article
l 1 or .Article 12.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time
with respect to any Rork performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supple-
mented as provided in paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5, except in the
case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and
except in the case of uncovering Rork as provided in para-
graph 13.9.
10.4. OR'NER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appro-
priate Change. Orders (or R'ritten .Amendments) covering:
10.4.1. changes in the \\'ork t+~hich are ordered by
OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, are required because
of acceptance of defecrii•e Rork under paragraph ]3.13 or
correcting defecrire \\'ork under paragraph 13.]4, or are
agreed to by the parries;
10.4.2. .changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time
which are agreed to by the parries; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time
which embody the substance of any written decision ren-
dered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.l l ;
provided that, in lieu of executing any c_uch Change Order,
an appeal maybe taken from any such decision in accordance
with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CON-
TRACTOR shall carry on the Rork and adhere to tfie prog-
ress schedule as provided in paragraph 6?9.
]0.5. if notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given
to a surety, the giving of any such notice mill be CONTRAC-
TOR'S responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond
~~ill be adjusted accordingly.
ARTICLE ] 1-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
]].1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compen-
sation (subject to authorized adjustments) pa}•able to CON-
TRACTORfor performing the \\'ork..All duties, responsibil-
ities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CON-
TRACTOR shall be at his expense v.~ithout change in the
Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change
Order or by a \\'ritten .Amendment. Any claim for an increase
or decrease in the Contract Price shall be based on µ~ritten
notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other
party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the amount of the claim v.•ith supposing- data shall be
delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain
more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be
accompanied by claimant's v~~ritten statement that the amount
claimed covers all knov~n amounts (direct, indirect and con-
sequential) to ~~hich the claimant is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event..All claims for adjustment in the
Contact Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accor-
dance with paragraph 9.11 if O\\'NER and CONTRACTOR
cannot othen~~ise agree on the amount involved. No claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph ] 1.2.
l 1.3. The value of any \'Jork covered by a Change Order
or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract
Price shall be determined in one of the folloW~ing ways:
11.3.1. V1'here the \\'ork involved is covered br unit
priccs contained in the Contract Documents, by applica-
tion of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved
(subject to the provisions of paragraphs ] 1.9.1. through
11.9.3, inclusive).
3I
u
i
] 1.3.2. . By mutual acceptance of a lump sum (~~hich to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar
may include an allowance for overhead and profit not as applicable.
necessarily in accordance with paragraph l 1.6.2.I).
] l .4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not
11.3.3. On the basis of the Cost of the \~'ork (deter- limited to engineers, arehitects, testing laboratories. sur-
mined as provided in paragraphs ] 1.4 and 1 l.5) plus a
'
veyors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services '
CONTRACTOR
S Fee for overhead and profit (deter- specifically related to the Work.
mined as provided in paragraphs 11.6 and l ] .7).
] ].4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: '
Cost of the ~i'ork: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transporia-
11.4. The term Cost of the \><'ork means the sum of all lion, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRAC-
'
costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in TOR
s employees incurred in discharge of duties con- '
the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise netted with the Work.
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be
in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of 11.4.5.2• Cost, including transportation and main-
the Project, shall include only the follo~~~ing items and shall
tenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machin- '
not include an}~ of the costs itemized in paragraph l 1.5: er}', appliances, office and temporary facilities at the
-- site and hand tools not o~~ned by the workers, which
are consumed in the performance of the 1§~ork
and cost
I ].4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ ,
less market value of such items used but not consumed '
of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the \\'ork under which remain the property of CONTRACTOR
schedules of job classifications agreed upon by 0\\''~ER .
and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not l l .4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and
emplo}~ed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on machinery and the pans thereof N~hether rented from
the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental
shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and ~~•ages
plus the cost of fringe benefits ~~hich shall include
i
l agreements approved by Oti'NER with the advice of
soc
a
security contributions. unemployment. excise and pa}•roll
'
' ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading,
unloading, installation, dismantling and removal
taxes, ~°orkers
or U~orkmen
s compensation. health and thereof-all in accordance v.~ith terms of said rental
retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and hol- agreements. The rental of any such equipment
machin-
iday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include ,
ery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no lon
er '
superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of g
necessary for the Work.
performing \'~'ork after regular working hours, on Satur-
day, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the
above to the extent authorized by O\~'NER 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes '
. related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is
liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations
l 1.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished .
and incorporated in the \'~'ork, including costs of trans-
' 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- '
ponation andstorage thereof, and Suppliers
field services
- required in connection therewith. ,Al] cash discounts shall Bence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or any-
accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds one directly or indirectly employed by any of them or
for whose acts any of them may be liable
and ro
alt
with CONTRACTOR with v.fiich to make payments, in
which case the cash discounts shall accrue to O\\'NER. ,
y
y
payments and fees for permits and licenses.
All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and al] returns
from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related
to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions expenses), not compensated by insurance or other~~ise,
to the Work or otherv,~ise sustained by CONTRACTOR '
so that they may be obtained. in connection ~~ith the performance and furnishing of
l 1.4.3. Pa}~ments made by CONTRACTOR to the the Work (except losses and damages v.~ithin the
deductible amounts of property insurance establish
d ,
Subcontractors for \'~'ork performed by Subcontractors.
If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obt
i e
by OWI~'ER in accordance With paragraph 5.9), pro-
a
n
competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable toCON- vided they have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR
any Subcontractor
TRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to O\'~'NER who
v'ill then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER
which ,
, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them
,
bids will be accepted, if a subcontract provides that the or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such
losses shall include settlements made with the written
Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the
Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the \~'
k consent and approval of OV1'NER. I~'o such losses, ,
or
shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRAC-
' .damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of
the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRAC-
TOR
s Cost of the 1~'ork. A]1 subcontracts shall be subject TOR's Fee. ]f, however, any such loss or damage
22
J
i~
i~
D
i~
requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed
in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for
services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph
11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. A4inor expenses such as telegrams, long
distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site.
expressage and similar petty cash items in connection
with the 1~'ork.
11.4.1.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the ~'~'ork
and premiums for property insurance coverage within
the limits of the deductible amounts established by
OWI~'ER in accordance with paragraph 5.9.
] 1.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of
the follov~~ing:
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CO\'-
TRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partner-
ship and sole proprietorships), general managers, engi-
neers, architects, estimators. attorneys, auditors. accoun-
tants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors,
timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by
CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRAC-
TOR'S principal or a branch office for general administra-
tion of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed
upon schedule of job classifications referred to in para-
graph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.A--
all of v.~hich are to be considered administrative costs
covered by the COA'TRACTOR's Fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR'S principal and
branch offices other than CON'TRACTOR'S office at the
site.
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR'S capital expenses,
including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capita] employed
for the tib'ork and charges against CONTRACTOR for
delinquent pa~~ments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by
the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the
same (except for the cost of premiums covered by sub-
paragraph l 1.4.5.9 above).
] 1.S.S. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC-
TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them
maybe liable, including but not limited to, the correction
of defecri~~e Work, disposal of materials or equipment
wrongly supplied and making good any damage to prop-
erty.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
CONTRACTOR'S Fee:
11.6. The CONTR4CTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRAC-
TOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:
1 ].6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can
be agreed upon,
l l .6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the
various portions of the Cost of the Work:
l ].6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs ] 1.4.1
and 11.4.2, the CONTR.ACTOR's Fee shall be fifteen
percent;
11.6.2.2, for costs incurred under paragraph l ] .4.3,
the CONTR.ACTOR's Fee shall be fve percent; and if
a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Rork Plus
a Fee, the maximum allo"•able to CONTRACTOR on
account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors
.shall be fifteen percent;
11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of
costs itemized under paragraphs ] ].4.4, 11.4.5. and l 1.5;
]].6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by
CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which
results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of
the actual net decrease plus a deduction in CONTR.AC-
TOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the
net decrease; and
11.6.2.5. v.~hen both additions and credits are
involved in any one change, the adjustment in CON-
TRACTOR'S Fee shall be computed on the basis of the
net change in accordance ~~ith paragraphs ] 1.6.2.1
through 11.6.2.4, inclusive.
11.7... Whenever the costof any Work is to be determined
pursuant to paragraph ] 1.4 or l ] .5; CONTRACTOR will
submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost
breakdown together with supposing data.
Cash Al[o>+~ances:
] 1.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract
Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done
by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums within
the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to ENGI-
VEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that:
]].8.1. The allowances include the cost to CON-
TRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of mate-
rialsand equipment required by the allowances to be deliv-
ered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR'S costs for unloading and
handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances
have been included in the Contract Price and not in the
23
allov~•ances. No demand for additional pa}•ment on account
of any thereof will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order Will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspond-
ingly adjusted.
Unit Price Yl'orx:
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that
all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price V~'ork, initially
the Contract Price v,•iIl be deemed to include for all L?nit
Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established
unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price
Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indi-
cated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items
of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for
the purpose 'of comparison of Bids and determining an
initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quzn-
tities and classifications of Unit Price Rork performed by
CONTRACTOR v~~ill be made by ENGINEER in accor-
dance with Paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to
cover CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit for each sep-
arately identified item.
11.9.3. R'here the quantity of any item of L'nit Price
Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially
and significantly from the estimated quantit}~ of such item
indicated in the ,4greement and there is no corresponding
adjustment with respect to any other item of \Vork and if
CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has
incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CO:~'-
TRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Con-
tract Price in:accordance with Article 11 if the parries are
unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase.
ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TI7,4E
I2.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change
Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an extension
or shortening of the Contract Time shall be based on v.•ritten
notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other
party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the extent of the claim ~~ith supporting data shall be deliv-
ered within sixty days after such occurrence {unless ENGI-
NEER allov~~s an additional period of time to zscertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accom-
panied by the claimant's written statement that the adjust-
ment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant
has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time
shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with para-
graph 9.1 l if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise
agree. hTo claim for.an adjustment in the Contract Time will
be ~~alid if not submitted in accordance v.~ith the requirements
of this paragraph 12.1.
12.2. The Contract Time v.~ill be extended in an amount
equal to time lost due to de]a}'s beyond the control of CON-
TRACTOR if a claim is made therefor as provided in para-
graph 12.1. Such delays shall include, but not be limited to,
acts or neglect by OWNER or others performing additional
v~ork as contemplated by Article 7, or to fires, floods, labor
disputes, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of
God.
12.3. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this
Article 12 shall not exclude recovery for damages (including
but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration
costs) for delay by either party.
ARTICLE l3-WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE;
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;
CORRECTION, RE?`40VAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
li'arrant)• and Guarantee:
13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER and ENGINEER that all Work will be in accor-
dancewith the Contract Documents and will not be defective.
Prompt notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRAC-
TOR. All defective Work, whether or not in place, may be
rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this ,4nicle l3.
Access to 1i'orfi:
13.2. ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S representatives,
other representatives of OWNER, testing agencies and gov-
ernmental agencies with jurisdictional interests v.911 have access
to the Work at reasonable times fortheir observation, inspecting
and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe
conditions for such access.
Tests and Inspections:
13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEERtimely notice
of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or
approvals.
13.4.- If Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) to specifically
be inspected, tested or approved, CONTRACTOR shall
assume full responsibility therefor, pay all costs in connection
therewith and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates
of inspection, testing or appro~~al. CONTRACTOR shall also
2~
be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with
any inspection or testing required in connection with OWN-
ER's or ENGINEER'S acceptance of a Supplier of materials
or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the \Vork. or of
materials or equipment submitted for approval prior toCON-
TRACTOR'spurchase thereof for incorporation in the Rork.
The cost of all inspections, tests and appro~'als in addition to
the above which are required by the Contract Documents
shall be paid by OWNER (unless otherwise specified).
13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those
required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable
to OWNER and CONTRACTOR (or by ENGINEER if so
specified).
13.6. If any \Vork (including the work of others) that is
to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written
concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGI-
NEER, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall
be at CONTRACTOR'S expense unless CONTRACTOR has
given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR'S inten-
tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with
reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
13.7. :'either observations by ENGINEER nor inspec-
tions, tests or approvals by others shall relieve CONTRAC-
TORfrom CONTRACTOR'S obligations to perform the \'Vork
in accordance ~~•ith the Contract Documents.
Uncovering N'ork:
i
i~
u
LI
I3.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request
of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for ENGINEER'S observation and replaced at
CONTRACTOR'S expense.
13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable
that covered \Vork be observed by ENGINEER or inspected
or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER'S
request, shall uncover, expose or otherN•ise make available
for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may
require, that portion of the \Vork in question, furnishing all
necessary labor, material and equipment. if it is found that
such Work is defecrire, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct,
indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, expo-
sure, obser~•ation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
reconstruction, (including but not limited to fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorne}~s and other professionals),
and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided
in Article l 1. If, however, such \'Vork is not found to be
defecrire, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or
both; directly attributable to such unco~•ering, exposure,
observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction; and, if
the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
' 25
thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro-
vided in Articles 11 and l2.
Ox•ner A1a~• Stop the Il'ork:
13.10. if the Vdork is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the \Vork in such a
way that the completed Rork v~•ill conform to the Contract
Documents, OVdNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the
PJork, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order
has been eliminated; however, this right of 0\\'I~'ER to stop
the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the pan of OWNER
to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or
any other parry.
Correction or Removal of Dejectire 1'1'ork:
l3. ] 1. If required b}' ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all d~fecrire \'Vork,
v~~hether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected b}• ENGINEER, remove it from the
site and replace it with nondefecrire \Vork. CONTRACTOR
shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such
correction or removal (including but not limited to fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorne}~s and other profes-
sionals) made necessary thereby.
One }'ear Correction Period:
13.12. If v~~ithin one year after the date of Substantial
Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre-
scribed by LaW'c_ or Regulations or b}~ the terms of any appli-
cable special guarantee required b}~ the Contract Documents
or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly,
without cost to OR'NER and in accordance with O\VNER's
~•ritten instructions, either correct such defecrii~e Work, or,
if it has been rejected by O\'JNER; remove it from the site
and replace it with nondefecrire Work. if CONTRACTOR
does not promptly comply H•ith the terms of such instructions,
or in an emergency ~•here delay would cause serious risk of
loss or.damage, OWNER may have the defective \'Vork cor-
rected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all
direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and
replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorre}~s and other professionals) vt~ill
be paid by CONTRACTOR. In special circumstances where
a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the \Vork, the correction
period for that item may star to run from an earlier date if
so provided in the Specifications or by R'ritten Amendment.
Acceptance of Defectil:e 1i'ork:
]3.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of detecri~~e V~'ork, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER'S recommendation of final pa}~ment, also
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CON-
TRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential
J
costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determi-
nation toaccept such defective \\'ork (such costs to be approved
by ENGINEER as to reasonableness and to include but not
be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects. attor-
neys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs
prior to ENGIA'EER's recommendation of final payment, a
Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revi-
sions in the Contract Documents ~~~ith respect to the \\%ork;
and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and. if the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount thereof, O\'~'NER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 1 l . if the acceptance occurs after such
recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by
CONTRACTOR to O\~'NER.
Oll;'~'ER .h1a}• Correct Defective {i'ork:
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time
after written notice of ENGINEER to proceed to correct and
to correct defecrn•e \\'ork or to remove and replace rejected
Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with para-
graph 13.] 1, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the \\'ork
in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CON-
TRACTOR fails to comply v.°ith any other pro~•ision of the
Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' writ-
ten notice to CONTRACTOR. correct and remedy any such
deficiency. 1n exercising the rights and remedies under this
paragraph O\\'\ ER shall proceed expeditioush~. To the extent
necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, O\\'NER
map exclude CONTRACTOR from all or pan of the site, take
possession of all or pan of the V1'ork, and suspend CON-
TRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of
CONTRACTOR'S tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery at the site and incorporate in the \''ork all
materials and equipment stored at the site or forwhich OVA ~: ER
has paid CONTRACTOR but U•hich are stored elsev~•here.
CONTRACTOR'shall allow OWNER, OWNER'S represen-
tatives, agents aril employees such access to the site as may
be necessary to~enable O1\%I~'ER to exercise the rights and
remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and con-
sequential costs: of O1~%NER in exercising such rights and
remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount
approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER, and a Change
Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in
the Contract Documents v.-ith respect to the \\'ork; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parries are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as
provided in Article 1 ]. Such direct, indirect and consequen-
tial costs Will include but not be limited to fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorne~~s and other professionals,
all court and arbitration costs and all costs of repair and
replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by
correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR'S
defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an
extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in per-
formance ofthe Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER
of ON'NER's rights and remedies hereunder.
26
ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COA4PLET10N
Schedule of 1'alues:
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Pay-
ment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on
account of L'~nit Price \\'ork v~•ill be based on the number of
units completed.
Application for Progress Pa}•ment:
]4.2. At least twenty days before each progress payment
is scheduled (but not more often than once a month), CO\'-
TRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Appli-
cation for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR
covering the \\'ork completed as of the date ofthe Application
and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested
on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in
the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at
another location agreed to in ~•riting, the Application for
Pa}~ment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice
or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received
the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges,
security interests and encumbrances (v~~hich are hereinafter
in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens") and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate properly insurance and other arrangements to
protect O\\%I~'ER's interest therein. all of ~rhich v.•ill be sat-
isfactory to O\\'NER. The amount of retainage with respect
to progress payments v~ill be as stipulated in the .Agreement.
CO:~'TR4CTOR's Yl'arrantp of Title:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all \'ork, materials and equipment covered by any Appli-
cation for Payment, vhether incorporated in the Project or
not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment
free and clear of all Liens.
Review of Applications for Progress Pn}•ment:
14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Pa}~ment, either indicate in writing a
recommendation of payment and present the .Application to
OR'NER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi-
cating in writing EL'GINEER's reasons for refusing to rec-
ommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may
make the necessary corrections. and resubmit the Applica-
tion. Ten da~~s after presentation of the Application for Pay-
ment ~~ith ENGINEER'S recommendation, the amount rec-
ommended v.'il] (subject to the provisions of the last sentence
of paragraph 14.7) become due and v~•hen due will be paid by
OR%NER to CONTRACTOR.
14.5. ENGINEER'S recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Payment Will constitute a
J
fl
0
n
0
u
u
0
l
n
representation by ENGINEER to OR%NER, based on ENGI-
D'EER's on-site observations of the \\'ork in progress as an
experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGI-
D'EER's review of the Application for Pad meat and the
accompanying data and schedules that the \\'ork has pro-
gressed to the point indicated: that, to the best of ENGI-
NEER'S knowledge, information and belief, the quality of
the Rork is in accordance with the Contract Documents
(subject to an evaluation of the \\%ork as a functioning ~~hole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any
subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents. to a
final determination of quantities and classifications for L~nit
Price Work under paragraph 9.I0. and to any other qualifi-
cations stated in the recommendation): and that CONTRAC-
TOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended.
However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER
will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaus-
tive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to
check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the
responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the
Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters
or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRAC-
TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or O\\'NER to
withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. ENGINEER'S recommendation of final payment
will constitute an additional representation b~~ ENGINEER
to OWNER that the conditions precedent to COD'TRAC-
TOR'sbeing entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph
14.13 have been fulfilled.
14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any pan of any payment if, in ED'GID'EER's opinion, it
would be incorrect to make such representations to O\~'NER.
ED'GID'EER may also refuse to recommend any such pay-
ment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or
the results of subsequent inspections ortests, nullif~~ any such
payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessat}~ in ENGINEER'S opinion to protect 0\'VNER from
loss because:
14.7.1. the Rork is defectil•e, or completed Rork has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by R'rit-
ten .Amendment or Change Order,
14.7.3. O\~%NER has been required to correct defec-
riveWork orcomplete Work in accordance with paragraph
13.14, or
.14.7.4. of ENGINEER'S actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs
15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive.
ORDER may refuse to make payment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because claims have been
made against OR'D'ER on account of COD'TRACTOR's per-
formance or furnishing of the Rork or Liens have been filed
in connection v~~ith the Rork or there are other items entitling
OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended, but
OR'D'ER must gave CONTRACTOR immediate written notice
(with a copy to. ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such
action.
Substanriol Completion:
14.8. R'hen CONTRACTOR considers the entire \\'ork
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
O\'.%NER and E:~GID'EER in writing that the entire Rork is
substantially complete (except for items specificall~• listed by
CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGI-
NEER issue a cenificate of Substantial Completion. \'~'ithin
a reasonable time thereafter, OR`NER, CONTRACTOR and
.ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the \\'ork to deter-
mine the status of completion. if ENGINEER does not con-
siderthe Rork substantially complete, ENGINi=ER ~i•ill notify
CONTRACTOR in ~~•riting giving the reasons therefor. If
ENGINEER considers the \\'ork substantially complete,
ENGINEER ~+'i11 prepare and deliver to ORDER a tentative
cenificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date
of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
cenificate a tentative list of items to be completed or cor-
rected before final payment. ORDER shall have seven days
after receipt of the tentative cenificate during ~•hich to make
written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the
cenificate or attached list. If, after considering such objec-
tions, ENGINEER concludes that the \\'ork is not substan-
tially complete, ENGINEER N•ill within fourteen days after
submission of the tentative cenificate to ORDER notify
CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If,
after consideration of OR'NER's objections, ENGINEER
considers the \\'ork substantially complete. ENG1'\EER will
within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OR'D'ER
and CONTRACTOR a definitive cenificate of Substantial
Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be com-
pleted orcorrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative
cenificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consider-
ation of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery
of the tentati~~e cenificate of Substantial Completion ENGI-
NEERwill deliver to ORDER and CO\TRACTOR a written
recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending
final payment between 0\\%NER and CONTRACTOR with
respect to securit}~, operation, safety, maintenance, heat,
utilities, insurance and warranties. Unless OWD'ER and
CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform
ENGINEER prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive
cenificate of Substantial Completion, EAGINEER's afore-
said recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CON-
TRACTOR until final payment.
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CON-
TRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Com-
pletion,but OR%NER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable
access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.
Partial Utili,;~tion:
14.10. Use by OWNER of any finished part of the Work,
which has specifically been identified in the Contact Docu•
27
meats, or which OV,';vER, ENGINEER and CONTRAC-
TOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and useable
part of the Work that can be used by O\~'NER without sig-
nificant interference „•ith CONTRACTOR'S performance of
the remainder of the \\'ork, may be accomplished prior to
Substantial Completion of al] the \\'ork subject to the follo~~•-
ing
14.]O.I. O\\~NER at any time may request CON-
TRACTOR in writing to permit OR'NER to use any such
part of the Rork which 0\'~'NER believes to be ready for
its intended use and substanti2lly complete. If CON-
TRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR ~~~ill cenif~• to 0\'.:'~ ER
and ENGINEER that said part of the \\'ork is substantiallv
complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of
Substantial Completion for that part of the \\'ork. CO'v-
TRACTOR at any time may notify O\\'NER and ENGI-
I~'EER in ~~~riting that CONTRACTOR considers any such
part of the \i,'ork ready for its intended use and substan-
tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif-
icate of Subs~antial Completion for that part of the \\'ork.
Within a reasonable time after either such request. 0\\'N ER.
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspec-
tion of that pan of the \\'ork to determine its status of
completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that pan of
the V1'ork to be substantially complete. ENGINEER will
notify OR'NER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that pan of the
work to be substantially complete, the provisions of para-
graphs 14.8 and ] 4.9 will apply with respect to certification
of Substantial Completion of that pan of the \\'ork and the
division of responsibility in respect thereof and access
thereto.
]4.10.2. OVA%NER may at any time request CON-
TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to take over
operation of any such part of the Rork although it is not
substantially complete..A copy of such request ti•il] be
sent to ENGINEER and ~~~ithin a reasonable time there-
after OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall
make an inspection of that pan of the \~'ork to determine
its status of completion and U•ill prepare a list of the items
remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before
final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in ~+•rit-
ing to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the
Fork is not ready for separate operation by O\'~'NER,
ENGINEER will finalize the list of items to be completed
or corrected and will deliver such list to O\~'NER and
CONTRACTOR together with a v~•ritten recommendation
as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment
between OWNER and CONTRACTOR ~+~ith respect to
security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insur-
ance, warranties and guarantees for that part of the \\'ork
Which v,>ill become binding upon OWNER and CON-
TRACTOR at the time ~~~hen OWNER takes over such
operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in a•rit-
ingand so informed ENGINEER). During such operation
and prior to Substantial Completion of such pan of the
Rork, 0\'4'NER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable
ccess to complete or correct items on said list and to
mplete other related \~'ork.
14.10.3. I~'o occupancy or separate operation of part
of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with
the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property
insurance.
Final Inspection:
l4. l I . Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGI-
NEER will make a final inspection with O\\n. ER and CON-
TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all
particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defecti~~e. CONTRACTOR shall immediately
take such measures as are necessary to remedy such defi-
ciencies.
FinalApplicarion for Pa}•ment:
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such cor-
rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guaran-
tees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up record
documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other docu-
ments-all as required by the Contract Documents, and after
ENGINEER has indicated that the \~'ork is acceptable (sub-
ject to the provisions of paragraph ]4.16), CONTRACTOR
may make application for final pa}~ment follo~•ing the pro-
cedure for progress payments. The final Application for Pay-
ment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for
in the Contract Documents, together v~•ith complete and legally
effective releases or ~a•aivers (satisfactory• to OWNER) of all
Liens arising out of or filed in connection v.•ith the \'~'ork. In
lieu thereof and as approved by OR'NER> CONTRACTOR
may furnish receipts or releases in full; an affidavit of CON-
TRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor,
services, material and equipment for v.~hich a Lien could be
filed, and that all pa}•ro11s, material and equipment bills, and
other indebtedness connected with the \~'ork for which
OWNER or O\'JNER's properly might in anv way be respon-
sible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied: and consent of
the surety, if any, to final payment. if any Subcontractor or
Supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, CON-
TRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfac-
tory to O\>,'NER to indemnify O\'.'NER against any Lien.
Final Pa~•ment and Acceptance:
14.13. lf, on the basis of ENGINEER'S observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER'S review of the final Application for Payment
and accompany>ing documentation-all as required by the
Contract Documents, ENGII~'EER is satisfied that the \'dork
has been completed and CONTRACTOR'S other obligations
under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGI-
NEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Appli-
cation for Pa}~ment, indicate in writing ENGINEER'S rec-
ommendation of payment and present the Application to
OWNER for payment. Thereupon ENGINEER will give
N•ritten notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work
is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.16.
7g
~'
i~
i~
1
7
Other~•ise, E'~G1\EER wi11 return the.4ppliction to CO::-
TR4CTOR, indicting in writing the reasons for refusing to
recommend final payment, in which cast CO\TR.4CTOR
shall make the necessary ror7ections and recut,^„it the .=.ppli-
cation. Thing days after presentation to 0\',•\ER of the
Application and accompam•ing documentation, in appropri-
ztt form and substance, and v.~ith E:~G1';EtR's ; eco:,,nten-
dation and notice of acceptability, the amount rcco~„„mended
by E'~G1:~ EER will become due and ~~°ill be paid by O\'•'1 ER
to CO:~TR4CTOR.
14.14, lf, through no fault of CO~TR4CTOR, final co:~,-
pletion of the \\'ork is significantly delal•ed and if E:~GI•
:SEER so corfirns, O\\'EER shall, upon receipt of CO'~-
TR4CTOR's final .4ppliction for Payment and recommen-
dation of E:~GI~EER, and without to„r:inatiag the Agree-
ment, mzke payment of the ba?ante due for :hat po;,ion of
the \\'ork fulh• co-pleted and accented. if t'e :er;;ainirg
balance to be held br 0\\':EER for \\'ork not ful?y come ictcd
O7 correcled i5 less lhan the retair,age stipulated in the .4grcc-
ment, and if $ondc ha~•e been furnished as reeui:ed in para-
graph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment
of the balance due for that portion of the \\'ork fu?ly co:,,-
pleted and accepted shall be submitted by CO~TR,CTOR
to E:~'Gl'~EER ~•ith the .4pplication for such payment. Such
payment shall be made under the terms and concitior,s eov-
erning final payment, except that it shall not constitute a
v.•aiver of claims.
Corrrocror's Corrinuing Obligation:
14.15. CO\TR.4CTOR's obligation to pe~or m and com-
pleu the \\'ork in accordance ~•ith the Cont*act Documents
shall be absolute.:~either recommendation of any progress
or fira) payment by E:~'G1\EER, nor the issuance of a cer-
tificate of Substartia] Completion, nor ar,y payment by
OR'\ER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents,
nor any use or occupancy of the \\'ork or any pan thereof by
0R'NER, nor any act of acceptance by 0\+'NER r,or ar,y
failure to do so. nor any revie.~• and app; o, al of a Shop
Drawing or ~a,Tjn?G SUbmi5510n. nor the issuantt of 2 nollCe
of acceptability b}•ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.1:,
nor any cotTCCtien of dcfccrive \\'ork b}' 0\\'NER ~~•ill con-
stitute an acceptance of \\'ork not in accordance ~~•ith the
Contract Documents or a release of CONTR.4CTOR's obli-
gation to per!'or m the 1\'ork in accordance v.•ith the Contract
Documents (except as pro~•ided in paragraph 14.16).
N'airer of Clcims:
I4J6. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
I4.J6.1. a ~•aiver of all claims by 0\\`N ER against
CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from urseuled
Liens, from defcrrive \1'ork appearing after fina] inspec-
tion pursuant to paragraph 7.7. ] 1 or from failure to comply
~•ith the Contract Documents or the terms of any special
guaranucs specified therein; however, it U•il) not consti-
tute awaiver by 0\i'NER of any rights in respect of
CONTR4CTOR's continuing obligations undo the Con-
tract Documents; and
]4.16?. a Waiver of all claims by CONTR4CTOR
against O\i'!: ER other than those pre~•ioush• made in writ-
ing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15-SL'SPE\SION OF \'.'ORK A\'D
TER?~41'~ A TI O'~l
Ok•nerAla~•Sucpcnd ti'ork:
15.1. O\~":ER mzy, at any time and v.•ithout cause, sus-
pendthe \i'ork or anyponion thereof for a period of not more
than ninny days by notice in writing to CO';TR4CTOR and
E'`'GI:~EER which 'will fix the date on ~•hich \\'ork ~~•ill be
resumed. CO\TR.4CTOR shall resu„ie the \'~'ork on the date
so fixed. C0\TR4CTOR shall be alloyed an increase in ,he
Contract Price or an extension of the Contract lime, or both,
directly attributable to any suspension if CO';TR.4CTOR
makes an approved c)aim therefor as provided in Articles l ]
and 12.
Ow•ncr b: a~• Terminele:
15.2, L'pon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events:
l5?.l . if CO:~TR4CTOR eommrncts a vo)untan• case
under any chapter of the Bankrupu}• Code (Tir)e l 1, United
States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CO\-
TR4CTORtakes any equivalent or similar action by filing
a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state
law in effect at such time re)atine to the bankruptcy or
insolvency;
)5?.2.. if a petition is filed against CON7R4CTOR
under any chapter of the. Bann.-uptcy Code as now or
hereafter in effect at the time of filing. or if a petition is
filed seeking any such equivalent or sin-,i',ar relief against
CONTR4CTOR under any other federal or state law in
effect at the time relating to banl;ruptcy or insolvency;
15.2.3, if CONTR4CTOR makes a general assignment
for the benefit of creditors;
]5.2.4•, if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of
CONTR4CTOR is appointed under applicable law or under
contract, .~•hose appointment or authority to take charge
of properly of CONTR4CTOR is for the- purpose of
enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose
of general administration of such propen}• for the benefit
of CONTR4CTOR's creditors;
15.2.5. if CO?~TRACTOR admits in writing an inabil-
ity topay its debts generally as they become due;
15.2.6. ifCO`~TRACTORpersistcntlyfailstoperform
the ',Fork in accordance with the Contract Documents
~9
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under
paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time);
15.2.7. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regu-
lations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of
ENGINEER; or -
15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any
substantial way any provisions of the Contract Docu-
menu;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety,
if there be one) seven days' written notice and to the extent
permitted by-Laws and Regulations, terminate the services
of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site
and take possession of the Vc'ork and of all CONTR.4CTOR's
tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at
the site and use the same to the full extent thzy could be used
by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for
trespass or conversion), incorporate in the ~'~'ork all materials
and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has
paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive anv
further payment until the Work is finishzd. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price excezds the direct. indirect and
consequential costs of completing the Work tincluding but
not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects, attor-
neys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs)
such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs
exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the
difference to.OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER will
be approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER and incor-
posted in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights
or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required
fo obtain the lowest price- for the Work performed.
15.3. Where CONTRACTOR'S services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination u-ill not affect any
rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then
existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or
payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will
not release CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.4. Upon seven days` written notice to CONTRAC-
TOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to aban-
don the Work and terminate the Agreement. In such case,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Fork executed and any
expense sustained plus reasonable termination expenses, which
will include, but not be limited to, direct, indirect and con-
sequential costs (including, but not limited to, fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals
and court and arbitration costs).
A -
Contractor:'lloy Stop 1i'ork or Terminate:
15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR,. the
Work is suspznded for a period of more than ninety days by
OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority,
or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment
within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for
thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally deter-
mined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven
days' u•rittzn notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, terminate
the Agreement and recover from OV1'NER payment for alt
Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable
termination expenses. In addition and in lieu of terminating
the Agreement, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Appli-
cation for Payment or OWNER has failed to make any pay-
ment as aforesaid. CONTRACTOR may upon seven days'
written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the ~~'ork
until pa}•ment of all amounts then due. The provisions of this
paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations
under paragraph 6 '9 to carry on the Work in accordance
with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes
and disagreements with OWNER.
(The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.]
30
0
u
u
n
7
1
J
J
_i
n
0
i~
Il
i~
i~
i_i
i~
1
C'
~J
ARTICLE I6-.ARBITRATION
16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question
between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of, or
relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof
(except for claims which have been waived by the making or
acceptance of final pa}'ment as provided by paragraph 14.16)
w>i11 be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Con-
struction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American .Arbi-
tration .Association then obtaining subject to the limitations
of this Article ]6. This agreement so to arbitrate and any
other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accor-
dance herewith as provided in this Article I6 w ill be specifi-
callyenforceable under the prevailing Jaw of any court having
jurisdiction.
16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or
other matter that is required to be referred to E'~G11EER
initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.1I will
be made until the earlier of (a) the date on Which E'~GINEER
has rendered a decision or lb) the tenth da}~ after the parties
have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written
decision has not been rendered by ENGI'EER before that
date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim. dispute
or other matter w ill be made later than thin} d2}~s .after the
date on ~rhich ENGINEER has rendered a written decision
in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.1 ] :and the
failure to demand arbitration within said thin}• days' period
shall result in ENGINEER'S decision being final 2nd binding
upon O~'~'NER and CONTRACTOR. ]f E`~G11EER renders
a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated,
such decision ma} be entered as evidence but will not supersede
the arbitration proceedings. except where the decision is
acceptable to the parries concerned. No demand for arbitra-
tion of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in
accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten
days zfter the parry making such demand has delivered writ-
ten notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph
9. l 0.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in
writing with the other parry to the Agreement and with the
American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to
ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will
be made Within the. thing-day or ten-day period specified in
paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a
reasonable time after the c}aim, dispute or other matter in
question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand
be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable
proceedings based on such c]aim, dispute or other matter in
question would be barred by the applicable statute of limi-
tations.
16.4. ;.'o arbitration arising out of or relating to the Con-
tract Documents shall include by consolidation. joinder or in
any other manner any other person. or entity (including
ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S zgents, employees or consu]-
t2nts) who is not a parry to this contract unless:
16.4.1._ he inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessar}~ if complete relief is to be afforded among those
who are already parties to the arbitration,
16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially
involved in a question of law or fact wfiich is common to
those w•ho are already parries to the arbitration and which
will arise in such proceedings. and
16.4.3, the written consent of the other person or entity
sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRAC-
TOR has been obtained for such inclusion, v.hich consent
shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no
such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any
dispute not specifically described in such consent or to
arbitration ~+~ith any parry not specifically identified in such
consent.
16.5.. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final,
judgment may be entered upon it in any coup having juris-
diction thereof, and will not be subject to modification or
appeal except to the extent permitted by Sections 10 and. 11
of the Federal Arbitration .Act (9 U.S.C. ~>;10,11).
[The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.]
r
31
I~u
i~
r
ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS
Gi1•ing A'otice:
17.1. V~'henever any provision of the Contract Docu-
ments requues the giving of written notice, it will be deemed
to have been validly given if delivered in person to the indi-
vidual or to a member of the firm or to an o;Fficer of the
corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last
business address known to the giver of the notice.
Computation of Time:
17.2.1. When any period of time is refen~ed to in the
Contract Documents by days, it v.~ill be computed to exclude
the first and include the last day of Stich period. If the last
day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or
on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable
jurisdiction, such day v~•ill be omitted from the computa-
tion.
17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day.
General:
]7.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury
or damage to person or property because of an}~ error, omis-
Sion or act of the other party or of any of the-other party's
emplo}gees or agents or others for v~•hose acts the other party
is legally liable,.claim will be made in writing to the other
party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such
injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall
not be construed as a substitute for or a wain°er of the pro-
visions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these Gen-
eral Conditions and the rights and remedies available here-
under to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without
limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed
upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.30, 13.1, 13.12, ] 3. I4,
]4.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to
OVG'NER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to,
and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any
rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are
otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by
special warranty or guarantee or by-other provisions of the.
Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph
will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract
Documents in connection With each particular duty, obliga-
tion, right and remedy to which they apply. All representa-
tions, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Doc-
uments will survive final payment and termination or com-
pletion of the Agreement.
33
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 General
2.0 Defined Terms (GC-1)
3.0 Contract Bonds, Workmen's Compensation and
Insurance (GC-5)
4.0 Shop Drawings (GC-6.23)
5.0 "Or Equal" Equipment (GC-6.7)
6.0 Subcontractors and Suppliers (GC-6.8)
7.0 Separate Contractor Claims (New Section GC-7.5)
8.0 Engineer's Status During Performance of the
Work (GC-9)
9.0 Correction Period (GC-13.12)
10.0 Unit Price Work (GC-11.9)
11.0 Application for Progress Payment (GC-14.2)
12.0 Lien Waivers (GC-14.2)
13.0 State of MN Withholding Requirements (GC-14.12)
14.0. Arbitration (GC-16)
15.0 Failure to Complete Work on Time
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
1.0 GENERAL
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard
General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910-8,
1983 edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as
indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or
supplemented remain in full force and effect.
The reference in parenthesis for each item in these Supplementary
Conditions corresponds to the relevant section' of the General
Conditions which is modified by the Supplementary Conditions.
2.0 DEFINED TERMS (GC-1)
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined
in the Standard Conditions of the Construction Contract (No.
1910-8, 1983 edition) have the meanings assigned to them in the
General Conditions.
Completion Date(s): Shall be the date(s) stated in the Special
Provisions for the completion of the work.
3.0 CONTRACT BONDS, WORKI~N'S COMPENSATION ~__INSURANCE (GC-5)
A. Contract Bond (GC-5.1)
Prior to signing the contract, the Contractor shall furnish a
performance bond and a labor and material payment bond to the
Owner for the full amount of the contract, based on the lump
sum bid on the anticipated quantities and unit prices as
determined by the Engineer. This bond shall have a maintenance
guarantee for a period of two (2) years from final completion
and acceptance of the work.
B. Liability Insurance (GC-5.3)
The Contractor shall, as provided in the General Conditions,
obtain insurance acceptable to the Owner in a company or
companies acceptable to the Owner and shall furnish copies of
all policies of insurance alon with certificates of insurance
(except Workmen's Compensation Insurance, in which case a
certificate of insurance is adequate) to the Ovmer at the time
he executes the Contract.
The Contractor shall not commence work nor shall he allow his
employees or subcontractors or anyone to commence. work until
all required insurance has been obtained and certificates of
insurance submitted to the Owner.
Supp 1
The Contractor shall take out and maintain at all times during ,
the entire period of performance and until the work is accepted
by the Owner under this contract the required policies of
insurance.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph '
5.3 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not
less than the amounts stated in the purchase order terms and '
conditions or greater where required by laws and regulations.
u
(1) Worker's Compensation, etc., under paragraphs 5.3.1 and '
5.3.2 of the General Conditions:
- State: Statutory
- Applicable Federal '
(e.g. Longshoreman's): Statutory
- Employer's Liability: $100,000
(2) Comprehensive General Liability under paragraphs 5.3.3 '
through 5.3.6 of the General Conditions:
- Bodily Injury (including
products' liability):
$250,000
$500,000
completed operations and
D
Each Occurrence
Annual Aggregate
- Property Damage:
$250,000 Each Occurrence.
$500,000 Annual Aggregate
or combined single
limit of $1,000,000
- Property Damage Liability insurance vaill provide
explosion, collapse and underground coverages where
applicable.
- Personal Injury, with employment exclusion deleted:
$500,000 Annual Aggregate
(3) Comprehensive Automobile Liability under paragraphs 5.3.7
of the General Conditions:
- Bodily Injury;
$250,000
$500,000
- Property Damage:
$250,000
Each Person
Each Occurrence
Each Occurrence
or combined single
limit of $1,000,000
Supp 2
l
D
i~]
C. Contractual Liability Insurance (GC-5.4)
' The Contractual Liability required by paragraph 5.4 of the
General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts:
- Bodily Injury:
$500,000 Each Occurrence
- Property Damage:
$250,000 Each Occurrence
$500,000 Annual Aggregate
D. Owner's Liability Insurance (GC-5.5)
The Owner shall be named and listed as additional insureds on
the Contractor's general liability policy. The inclusion of
more than one named insured shall not operate to impair the
rights of one insured against another insured, and the
coverages afforded shall apply as though separate policies had
been issued to each insured.
' E. "All-Risk" Property Insurance (GC-5.6)
Delete paragraph 5.6 of the General conditions in its entirety
and insert the following in its place:
' "Contractor shall purchase and maintain until final payment
property insurance upon the work at the site to the full
insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as
may be provided in these Supplementary Conditions or required
by laws and regulations). This insurance shall include the
interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and
' Engineer's consultants in the work (all of whom shall be
listed as insureds or additional insured parties), shall
insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall
include "all-risk" insurance for physical loss and damage
' including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse
and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in
these Supplementary Conditions, and shall include damages,
' losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any
insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any
insured property (including but not limited to fees and
' charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other profes-
sionals). If not covered under the "all-risk" insurance or
otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, Contrac-
tor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on
' portions of the work stored on and off the site or in transit
when such portions of the work are to be included in an
application for payment. The policies of insurance required to
be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with
this paragraph 5.6 shall comply with the requirements of
GC-5.8."
Supp 3
n
F. Boiler and Machinery Insurance GC-5.7)
Delete paragraph 5.7 of the General Conditions in its entirety '
and insert the following in its place:.~
"Contractor shall purchase and maintain such boiler and 1
machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may
be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and
Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, '
Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer and Engineer's consul-
tants in the work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or
additional insured parties. All responsibility for the safety
of the work involving any steam boiler or any machinery, '
including the steam boiler and machinery itself, shall remain
with the Contractor on that part of the work, and shall so
remain until after testing of the equipment has shown it to '
be acceptable to the Owner's boiler and machinery insurer, if
any, and after such work has been accepted in writing by the
Owner."
G. Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds (GC-5.12
and GC-5.13)
If Contractor is required to purchase property insurance, then ,
any insured loss will be adjusted with Contractor and payable
to Contractor.
'
H. Certificates of Insurance
Certificates and endorsements of all required insurance
policies thereof shall be submitted prior to commencing the
work. Proof of insurance shall be submitted directly to the '
Owner for review and approval with a record copy only to the
Engineer for his files. The Contractor shall not begin any work
until the Owner has reviewed and approved the Insurance '
Certificate. If the Insurance Agent executing the Insurance
Certificate indicates that there are special limitations on the
insurance policy, then a copy of policy exclusions must be '
submitted with the Insurance Certificate.
4.0 SHOP DRAWINGS (GC-6.23)
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings .for approval by the
Engineer for all materials to be used on the project. These shall '
include pipes, fittings, hydrants, manholes, castings, silt fence,
signage, design mixes, etc. A minimum of six copies of each shall
be supplied to the Engineer.
5.0 "OR EQUAL" EQUIPMENT (GC-6.7)
Major items of mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, and '
process equipment have been specified by name followed by the
words "or equal". In all cases the dimensions shown on the plans
are based on the named equipment.
Supp 4
n
i~
' It shall be fully acknowledged and understood that the furnishing
and installing of any "or equal" equipment shall include the
preparation and submission of all details, shop and construction
' drawings showing all modifications necessary to accommodate such
equipment.
It shall be further acknowledged and understood that if any "or
equal" is bid, the bid shall include all costs necessary to make
any and all architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical
changes required to incorporate such equipment into the project.
' No extras will be allowed after the award of the Contract for any
modifications required to install or properly operate "or equal"
equipment.
All "or equal" equipment shall conform to the requirements of the
respective parts and sections of the plans and specifications.
Guarantees shall also conform to the Contract Documents.
' The Contractor shall pay for all redesign costs associated with
the retrofitting required for the installation and use of "or
equal" equipment.
6.0 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS (GC-6.8)
' Refer to the Instructions to Bidders and the Special Provisions
for any further requirements regarding subcontractor and supplier
approval.
i~
i~
7.0 SEPARATE CONTRACTOR CLAIMS (New Section GC-7.5)
Should Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any
separate contractor at the site, or should any claim arising out
of Contractor's performance of the work at the site be made by any
separate contractor against Contractor, Owner, Engineer, the
Construction Coordinator or any other person, Contractor shall
promptly attempt to settle with such other contractor by
agreement, or to otherwise resolve the dispute by arbitration or
at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by laws
and regulations, indemnify and hold Owner, Engineer and the
Construction Coordinator harmless from and against all claims,
damages, losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees
of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and
court and arbitration costs) arising directly, indirectly or
consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by
any separate contractor against Owner, Engineer or the Construc-
tion Coordinator to the extent based on a claim arising out of
Contractor's performance of the work. Should a separate contractor
cause damage to the work or property of Contractor or should the
performance of work by any separate contractor at the site give
rise to any other claim, Contractor shall not institute any
action, legal or equitable, against Owner, Engineer or the
Construction Coordinator or permit any action against any of them
Supp 5
n
to be maintained and continued in its name or for its benefit in
any court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on
or to recover damages from Owner, Engineer or the Construction
Coordinator on account of any such damage or claim. If Contractor
is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing work by any act '
or neglect of a separate contractor and Owner and Contractor are
unable to agree as to the extent of any adjustment in contract
time attributable thereto, Contractor may make a claim for an
extension of time in accordance with Article 12 of the General
Conditions. An extension of the contract time shall be Contrac-
tor's exclusive remedy with respect to Owner, Engineer and
Construction Coordinator for any delay, disruption, interference '
or hinderance caused by any separate contractor. This paragraph
does not prevent recovery from Owner, Engineer or Construction
Coordinator for activities that are their respective responsibili-
ties.
8.0 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK (GC-9)
This section is a supplement to Article 9--Engineer's Status
During Construction of the General Conditions. ,
A. Owner's Consultant
The Engineer, as the design professional, will be the Owner's
consultant during the performance of the work. The duties and ,
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the
Engineer as the Owner's consultant during this period are set
forth in these Contract Documents and will not be extended '
without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. In the
event of an extension of the Engineer's duties and responsi-
bilities, the Contractor. will be provided with written notice
of such amendment.
B. Role as Interpreter
The Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the terms and '
conditions of the Contract Documents and the judge of the
performance thereunder. All matters relating to the execution
and progress of the work, or the interpretation of or
performance under the Contract Documents, shall be referred '
initially to the Engineer for decision which will be rendered
promptly.
,
The Engineer will issue such written interpretation of the
Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) as he
may determine necessary which will be consistent with or '
reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract
Documents.
C. Communications with Contractor 1
All communications with the Contractor pertaining to perfor-
mance of the work will normally be issued through the Engineer.
Supp 6
D
i~
i~
I
~J
I
i~
i~
u
i~
i~
D. Resident Project Inspector
The Resident Project Inspector will be either the Engineer or
the Engineer's agent, as so designated. The Resident Project
Inspector is responsible for assisting the Project Engineer in
determining, in general, if the work is completed in accordance
.with the plans and specifications and Contract Documents.
Communications pertaining to compliance submittals, written
interpretations, and amendments shall be directed to the
Engineer at his home office with copies to the Resident Project
Inspector.
Communications pertaining to day-to-day operations at the site
shall be directed to the Resident Project Inspector.
E. Authority to Disapprove or Reject Defective Work
All equipment and materials used and all work done with at all
times will be subject to the inspection, tests, and approval of
the Engineer or his authorized representatives.
The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any work
which is "defective". he also has the authority to require
special inspection or testing of the work.
The Engineer has the authority to disapprove or reject any
defective workmanship, equipment or materials.
If the work is defective or the Contractor fails to supply
sufficient skilled workmen or suitable equipment or materials,
the Engineer may order the Contractor to stop the work or any
portion thereof until the cause for such order has been
eliminated; however, this right of the Engineer to stop the
work will not give rise to any duty on the part of the Engineer
to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any
other party.
F. Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities
This article states the limitations on the Engineer's responsi-
bility as between the Engineer and the Contractor.
Neither Engineer's authority to act under these Contract
Documents nor any decision made by him .in good faith either to
exercise or not exercise such authority will give rise to any
duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor, any
Subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, any of their agents or
employees, or any other person performing any of the work.
The Engineer is not responsible for construction, safety
precautions, and programs incidental thereto. Neither is he
responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
Supp 7
The Engineer is not responsible for the acts or omissions of ,
any Contractor or any Subcontractor, C.ontractor's supplier or
manufacturer, or any of his or their agents or employees.
The presence or absence of the Engineer or his representative '
will not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or of any
guarantee of his performance. Neither will observation by the
Engineer or his representative in any way be understood to
relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for proper
supervision of the work at all times.
'
The review and acceptance of the Contractor
s compliance
submittals by the Engineer will be understood to be only for
conformance with the design concept, for compliance with the
intent of the Contract Documents, and to assist the Contractor
in interpreting the Contract Documents, so as to preclude
delivery of the equipment or materials not acceptable for the
work. The Engineer's acceptance of compliance submittals will '
not place upon him any responsibility for any deviations from
the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contrac-
tor has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such '
deviation at the time of the submission and the Engineer has
given written concurrence on the specific deviation. Such
deviations will be included in a contract amendment. '
G. Engineer's Pay Estimates
Any Engineer's pay estimate will constitute a representation by
the Engineer to the Owner that work has progressed to the '
extent indicated. To the best of his knowledge, the quality of
the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the
Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount shown in the
Engineer's pay estimate.
:Rendering the Engineer's pay estimate is not an approval of the
quality or quantity of the work, the means or methods of '
construction, or-the monetary methods used by the Contractor.
The Engineer may refuse to render an Engineer's pay estimate
for the whole or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it
would be an incorrect representation to the Owner.
9.0 CORRECTION PERIOD (GC-13.12)
The correction period identified in paragraph 13.12 of the General
Conditions is hereby amended to call for a two (2) year correction
period, which shall commence after completion and acceptance of
all the work identified in the plans and specifications. All other
requirements of paragraph 13.12 shall remain in effect. ,.
10.0 UNIT PRICE WORK (GC-11.9) '
Add the following paragraph:
Supp 8
"11.9.4 If the actual quantity of a unit-priced item varies
more than 15% above or below the estimated quantity, an
equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be negotiated
upon demand of either the Owner or the Contractor. The
equitable adjustment shall be based upon any increase or
decrease in costs due solely to the variation above 115% or
below 85% of the estimated quantity."
11.0 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT (GC-14.2)
Change the last sentence to read as follows:
"The Owner shall retain five (5%) percent of the amount of each
payment until final completion and acceptance of all works
covered by the Contract Documents."
12.0 LIEN WAIVERS (GC-14.2)
The Contractor shall furnish partial or complete lien waivers
along with each payment request. The lien waivers shall be
submitted by the Contractor, all subcontractors, and all material
suppliers on the project. No payment will be authorized unless the
lien waivers are received.
13.0 STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS (GC-14.12)
The Contractor and all subcontractors shall submit State form
IC-134, "Withholding Affidavit for Contractors" along with the
final payment request. No payment will be authorized unless the
IC-134 forms are received.
The Contractor shall also be aware of Minnesota Statute 290.9705
regarding out-of-state contractors.
Forms may be obtained from the Minnesota Department of Revenue,
Busines Trust Tax Division.
14.0 ARBITRATION (GC-16)
Add the following paragraph:
16.6 "The Contractor will carry on the work and maintain the
progress schedule during any arbitration proceedings, unless
otherwise mutually agreed in writing."
15.0 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME
Should the Contractor fail to complete the work on or before the
original date(s) set forth for completion in paragraph 1 of the
Special Provisions or on or before the corrected date as granted
by extension of time for completion, the Owner may permit the
Contractor to proceed, and in such case, there shall be deducted
Supp 9
£rom any monies due or that may become due the Contractor, the sum
of $250.00 per day for each and every calendar day, exclusive of
Sundays and holidays, that the work shall .remain uncompleted. This
sum shall be considered and treated, not_as a penalty, but as the
cost of field and office Engineering and Inspections and
Liquidated Damages.
Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any
part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after date
to which the time of completion may have been extended, shall in
no way operate as a waiver on the part of the Owner, or as a
waiver of any of his rights under the contract.
Neither by the taking over of the work by the Owner nor by the
termination of the contract shall the Owner forfeit the right to
recover liquidated damages from the Contractor or his surety for.
failure to complete the contract.
u
Supp 10 ' I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
E-9201-G
Page 1
1. Project
2. Foreman ~ Preconstruction
Meeting
3. Construction Staking
4. Utilities
5. Contractor-Engineer-Inspector
Relationship
Page 2
6. Subcontractors
7. Incidental Items
8. Responsibility
9. Connections
10. Trench Compaction
Page 3
11. Testing
12. Water Service
Page 4
13. Conductivity
14. Blocking
15. Watermain Testing
Page 7
16. Bedding
Page 8
17. Fire Hydrant
Page 9
18. Valves & Boxes
Page 10
19. Polyethylene Encasement
20. Water Service Group
Page 11
21. Materials
22. Manhole Castings
Page 12
23. Services
24. Compaction Ynder Services
25. Ties & As-Builts
26. Sanitary Sewer Testing
27. Subsurface Exploration
28. Crushed Rock
Page 13
29. Street Construction
30. Test Rolling
31. Water
32. Manhole Adjusting Rings
33. Manhole Adjustment
Page 14
34. Chimney Seal, Existing MH15
Page 15
35. Signs
Page 16
36. Free Flow Skimmer
37. Protection of Existing
Utilities
38. Specifications Which Apply
39. Standard Plates
40. Construction Limits
Page 17
41. Shop Drawings
42. Lien Waivers
43. State of MN Withholding
Requirements
44. Performance Bond
45. Insurance
Page 18
46. Guarantee
47. Alternate Bid
48. Dual-Wall Corrugated
Polyethylene
49. Cleanout & Cleanout Manholes
Page 19
50. Sewer Service Connection
51. Manhole ~ Valve Adjustment
i
' SPECIAL PROVISIONS
E-9201-G
' 1. PROJECT
The project consists of the installation of watermain, sanitary
' sewer, storm sewer, sedimentation pond, and streets in Albert-
ville, Minnesota.
' The Contractor shall complete the street, utilities and all
restoration, excluding the bituminous wear course by October 1,
1993. The bituminous wear course shall be paved in the sprin of
1994 and shall be completed by June 1, 1994. The Contractor shall
' be subject to the provisions of Article 30 of the General
Conditions for failure to meet these completion dates, as a whole
or in part.
2. FOREMAN AND PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Before work is initiated, a preconstruction meeting shall be held
between the Engineer, Contractor, Utility Companies and other
' involved parties, if any. The Contractor will present to the
Engineer an estimated schedule for completion of various portions
' of the project. The Contractor
foreman on the project will be shall inform the
The foreman shall Engineer who the
be on the
ob
t
. j
a
all times.
The foreman shall be responsible for all phases of the project,
including work done by the General Contractor and the subcon-
tractor. Engineering decisions with regard to the work done by
' subcontractors shall go through the General Contractor and
specifically the foreman for the job.
3. CONSTRUCTION STAKING
The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least two (2) working
days notice for any grade and line stakes or inspection that he
' requires for proper execution of any phase of the project. The
Contractor shall preserve these stakes until the work is
completed. Replacement will be at the Contractor's expense.
' 4. UTILITIES
The Contractor shall be in communication with the respective
' utility companies to coordinate their schedule with any location
work that is required.
' S. CONTRACTOR-ENGINEER-INSPECTOR RELATIONSHIP
The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means,
controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, or construction
safety. R11 phases of the project shall proceed in accordance with
' OSHA safety requirements. The presence of the Engineer or his
agents or employees on the job-site shall not relinquish the
Contractor of this responsibility or hold the Contractor harmless
' for the quality of workmanship or defects in materials.
' S.P. 1
i
6. SUBCONTRACTORS
All subcontractors that the General will use shall be shown on the
proposal form. Any other subcontractor will not be allowed without
explicit written permission by the Engineer.
The General Contractor shall coordinate all work between his subs
and the Engineer. The Engineer will not correspond directly with
any subcontractor. Any on-site meetings that are held will be
conducted only if the General Contractor's foreman is present.
7. INCIDENTAL ITEMS
Any and all additional items of work or other items that must be
done to fully complete this project shall be incidental to the bid
items as bid.
8. RESPONSIBILITY
The General Contractor shall be fully responsible for all work
that is performed on this project. It is the General Contractor's
responsibility to see that all specifications and testing
requirements are followed and scheduled.
9. CONNECTIONS
All connections to existing lines are
made based upon the fittings and pipe
used for the existing 10" and 8" PVC at
approved equal, and will be incidental
10. TRENCH COMPACTION
incidental. Payment will be
length used. The couplers
MH 14, shall be Fernco, or
to the sewer installation.
The backfill around and to 12" above the pipe (sanitary sewer and
watermain) shall be compacted by hand tampers. The required
compaction shall be 98% of the standard proctor density.. The
trench from a point 12" above the pipe to finished grade shall be
compacted to a minimum of 98% of standard proctor density. All
trenches within roadways and driveways shall be compacted to 100%
of standard proctor density in the upper three (3) feet of the
trench.
All trench areas not conforming with these requirements shall be
excavated and recompacted. The Contractor shall supply the
Engineer at the time of the preconstruction meetin a list of
equipment that will be used for backfillirg and compaction
operation. The Engineer reserves the right to shut down work on
the project if this equipment is not utilized during such
backfilling and compaction operations. A maximum 12" lift shall be
used. Smaller lifts may be required to obtain the specified
density. If 12" lifts are not utilized, the trench will be
completely re-excavated and recompacted in order to achieve
maximum compaction lifts of 12". The bedding material around the
sanitary sewer and the watermain shall be compacted in maximum 6"
lifts.
n
0
~l
IJ
J
l
S.P. 2
L
C
n
11. TESTING
The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with documented test
results by an independent testing laboratory approved by the
Engineer on tests required for the sanitary sewer, storm sewer,
watermain and street. Density tests shall be paid for on a per
test basis. .The anticipated number of density tests are shown on
the proposal form. The following procedure shall be followed. No
exceptions shall be made.
An independent testing lab shall test the backfill for the
required density as the backfilling compaction progresses. No
digging down to test densities will be allowed after the
backfilling is completed. Therefore, the lab must be present
during backfilling to test the soil while the backfillin is
proceeding. Backfilling, compaction, and density testing on these
trenches is extremely important. For this reason, the trench
testing is shown as a bid item so all contractors are fully aware
of this requirement. Retesting shall not be paid for. All initial
tests on the trenches shall be paid for at the unit bid price. If
the tests fail, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to pay
for retesting those areas following compaction. All trenches for
watermain, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, and services shall be
tested for the required compaction density in conformance with the
compaction requirements previously stated. The trench shall be
tested at approximately 100-foot intervals at two to three depth
locations, depending on depth. One test shall be taken next to the
pipe, the second shall be taken at two feet below subgrade and at
the midpoint of the trench. Compaction around every manhole and
gate valve shall be the same as for the trenches. Tests shall be
taken at every manhole and gate valve at the three depth locations
as stated above.
It should be noted that the Engineer may change test locations and
depths at his discretion.
' It should also be noted that the Engineer may add or delete tests
at his discretion with no change in the unit price.
' The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his schedule
with the testing firm and all test results shall be documented
with respect to plan stationing, depth and location. Copies of all
' tests shall be given to the En ineer at a minimum of once every
week.
' 12. WATER SERVICE
Prior to the shutoff of any water, the Contractor shall notify the
Joint Powers Water Utility and the affected property owners of
this working schedule. The Contractor shall notify these people 48
hours in advance of the start of work. The work done during this
time shall be done in an efficient manner so that as little
' inconvenience as possible is caused.
' S.P. 3
Il
13. CONDUCTIVITY
Copper straps shall be used on all DIP mechanical joints. Lead
tipped gaskets will not be allowed. A conductivity test shall be
performed on all new lines prior to acceptance.
14. BLOCKING
Blocking shall be done with tie rods, concrete blocking or with
blocking procedures approved by the Engineer. All tees, bends,
hydrants, valves and fittings must be blocked. The use of timber
thrust blocking shall not be allowed on this project.
A coating shall be applied to tie rods and related pieces. The
coating shall be Royston-Roskote Mastic A-938, Koppers Bitumastic
No. 50, or approved equal.
If blocking is to be done against soil, the soil must be virgin or
thoroughly compacted soil and the area of soil used to withstand
the above forces must be based upon an allowable soil bearing
pressure of 3000 .pounds per square foot.
If concrete blocking is utilized, all areas to be blocked shall
have a piece of plastic placed over it prior to placing the
concrete.
15. WATERMAIN TESTING
The Contractor shall do the following tests according to the
Standard Utilities Specifications, except as modified below.
a. Pressure Test: The pressure test shall be run for 2 hours. (See
leakage test for equipment) No drop in pressure will be
allowed.
b. Leakage Test: The following test equipment shall be required
for testing.
Pressure Gauge: shall have a 5-inch diameter face, pressure
range of 0 psi to 200 psi, with maximum calibrations of 1 psi
increments. This is to facilitate an accurate reading for the
pressure test.
Pump: Shall be a centrifugal-type .pump with maximum capacity of
5 gpm. This capacity may be achieved by a valve so placed that
all water in excess of 5 gpm can be by-passed. This low
capacity pump is required for the leakage test.
Calibrated tank:. Shall be of a capacity and design so that a
measured quantity of water can be supplied to the pipe during
the leakage test. A 15-gallon container calibrated to measure
water to the closest 1.0 gallons will be required.
S.P. 4
C
0
7
7
i~
~I~
~~~
n
0
u
Miscellaneous Equipment: Shall be provided at the discretion
and subject to the approval of the Engineer.
c. Conductivity: .This test shall be made with thawing or arc
welding equipment which has the necessary voltmeters and
ampmeters to indicate the results of the test. The test shall
run 5 minutes with a minimum 300-ampere current at a minimum of
30 volts. No electrical test will be permitted through the stem
on either gate valves or butterfly valves. Electrical tests
shall be allowed only after the pressure and leakage tests have
been completed. The main must be filled with water and the air
expelled before the electrical test.
d. Disinfection: The Contractor shall thoroughly disinfect the
line for a period of 24 hours.
Disinfection shall be done per AWWA C651-86. A copy of this
standard is available upon request. Please note that a bacteri-
ological test(s) is required per AWWA C651-86. This test(s)
shall be paid for at the unit price bid. Should the test(s)
fail, the watermain shall be disinfected again and an
additional bacteriological test taken. This procedure shall be
repeated until the test(s) passes. All additional disinfection
and bacteriological testing shall be at the Contractor's
expense. All other requirements of Section 1020-7.0 of the
Standard Utilities specification shall remain in force.
Procedures for disinfection of watermain with Calcium Hypo-
cholorite tablets:
AWWA Standard C651-86, Disinfection Watermains, contains appli-
cable requirements for this work. Since a preliminary flushing
cannot be performed when using the tablet method, the
pipe-laying crew must take every precaution to see that the
pipe interiors are clean and free from debris and that the
trench is dry and free from seepage water. If the tablets are
attached to the pipe before it is placed into the trench, a
mark will be made on the upper side of the pipe to indicate
tablet placement.
The tablets shall be attached to the upper quadrant of the pipe
with an adhesive such as Permatex No, 1. Place the adhesive on
the broad side of the tablet and take care not to use excessive
amounts. Pipes shall not be rotated to place tablets in the
lower quadrant after the pipe is installed.
Disinfection shall be a rate of 50 mg/1 as discussed in this
section.
The pipe shall be filled at a rate of one (1) foot/second, or
less, making sure that the line is purged of air. The line will
be left for twenty-four (24) hours to allow the tablets to
S.P. 5
dissolve and the disinfection .process to take effect. After
twenty-four (24) hours the pipe will be thoroughly flushed and
checked for chlorine residual. A chlorine residual greater than '
found in surrounding water system will be cause for further
flushing. '
After flushing, and an acceptable level of residual chlorine is
determined, a bacteria sample will be taken. This testing will
require an additional twenty-four (24) hours waiting period. '
When the bacteria test passes, valves will be opened and
service tapping, if required, may proceed.
The following table will be used as a guideline only. The table
is based on using calcium hypochlorite tablets that are 65%
available chlorine and 5 grams in size and at a dosage rate of
50 mg/l. '
Number of 5-gram Hypochlorite tablets required
for dose of 50 mg/1 '
Pipe Diameter Length of Pipe Sections, Feet
Inches 13(or less) 18 20 30 40 '
4 1 1 2 2 3
6 2 3 3 3 6
8 3 4 5 7 10 '
10 5 7 8 11 15
12 7 10 11 16 21
16 12 17 20 28 38 ,
One tablet provides 3.25g available chlorine based on 65% '
availability of chlorine; any portion of tablets rounded to
next higher number.
NOTE: It is quite apparent that as pipe diameters and length t
increase that another form of disinfection must be used. As
weather permits, chlorination by the gaseous method must be
employed. '
e. Operational Inspection: At the completion of the project, the
Joint Powers Water Board's representative and the Contractor
shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water service to
ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order;
that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that
all hydrants operate and drain properly; and that all curb
boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at
all curb stops.
S.P. 6 '
16. BEDDING
a. All sanitary sewer mains and services shall be bedded
according to detail 2.006B. The bedding material shall conform
to the requirements of Section 2621-2F1 of the Standard
Utilities Specification.
b. The water pipe bedding shall be granular bedding. The fill
material around the pipe (as shown on the detail sheet) shall
be less than one inch in diameter and shall also be free to
any organic material or foreign objects.
This material shall be graded aggregate product which all
passes a one-inch sieve and not more than 10% of which will
pass a #200 sieve. Existing material on site may be used if it
meets these specifications.
Unless otherwise specified, bedding and encasement shall be
"Class B" Modified. Bedding and encasement material shall be
placed and shaped to fit the lower 60% of the pipe breadth to
three inches (3") minimum thickness bottom and sides and over
the pipe below an elevation one inch (1") above the top of the
pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and
to assure proper filling of voids or through consolidation of
backfill.
The pipe bedding and encasement zone shall be described as
that portion of the trench which is below an elevation one
inch (1") over the top of the pipe. Above this zone, the
placement of material containing stones, boulders, chunks,
etc. greater than six (6") inches in any dimension shall not
be allowed.
c. Storm sewer pipe bedding shall be ordinary bedding consisting
of natural, on-site soils, except in cases where the Engineer
directs otherwise. The fill material around the pipe (as shown
on the detail sheet) shall be less than 1 inch in diameter and
also be free of any organic material or foreign objects.
ALTERNATE BID: The bedding on the Dual-Wall corrugated
polyethylene pipe shall be granular bedding, conforming to the
requirements of Section 1110-6.1 of the Standard Utilities
Specification. The pipe shall be bedded in accordance to
detail 3.006, except the bedding shall extend a minimum of 6
inches below the pipe and a minimum of 12 inches around the
sides and the top of the pipe.
A mechanical hand tamping machine must be used around all
water, sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe to compact the
bedding and initial fill.
S.P. 7
l
17. FIRE HYDRANT
The fire hydrant to be installed shall be a Waterous Model WB67,
conforming to the requirements of the Standard Utilities
Specification.
(a) Hydrants shall be non-jacket type hydrant for a depth of '
cover of 7.5 feet to the top of the branch pipe.
(b) Hydrants shall be compression type, opening against pressure '
and closing with pressure. Main valve shall be sealed with
"O" ring type seal.
(c) Hydrants shall open to the left. ,
(d) The hydrant drain mechanism shall be corrosion-resistant and
removable from the top of the hydrant.
(e) The operating thread shall be lubricated and protected from
water and moisture by the use of rubber "O" rings.
(f) The upper threaded area of the operating nut shall be
provided with either a lubricant reservoir or extra "O"
ring(s) to maintain lubricant in this area. '
(g) Hydrant pipe connections shall be 6" mechanical joint for 5"
nominal hydrant valve opening.
(h) Hydrants shall be fitted with two 2'-z" hose nozzles (National
Standard Thread) and one 4'-z" steamer nozzle Waterous No.
TP40524 (National Standard Thread). Nozzle caps shall be ,
chained to the hydrant and have a No. 5 pentagon size as the
operating nut, flat to point = 12". ,
(i) Hydrant bonnet and top section above ground level shall be
primed and painted red.
'
(j) Each hydrant shall have attached or stamped upon it the size
of the valve opening, the cover depth, and date of
manufacture. '
(k) Hydrants shall be designed with a replaceable break-off
flange at ground level. '
(1) All hydrants shall be installed with an auxiliary valve
allowing the hydrant to be shut down and the watermain to
continue operating. ,
(m) All hydrants and auxiliary valves shall be constructed with
properly sized joint restraint devices. ,
(n) The hydrant barrel extension above final grade shall range
from 25-30 inches. '
S.P. 8 '
18. VALVES AND BOXES
All valves 12" in diameter and over shall be butterfly valves as
referred to in this section. Valve boxes shall be cast iron of
the three-piece type suitable for a depth of 72 feet to the top
of the pipe. Valves and boxes shall be considered integral units.
Valve boxes shall have at least 6" adjustment above and below
specified depth of pipe.
(a) Cast iron boxes and valve box sections shall be equal or
conform to those manufactured by the Tyler Corporation, Pipe
Division, 6860 Series, or Trinity Valley.
(b) Gate valves shall be of the Resilient Seat 200 lb. test type
and have a recommended non-shock water working pressure
rating of not less than 200 p.s.i.
(c) Resilient Seat Gate Valve stems shall be of high-strength
manganese bronze, non-rising type, opening to the left.
(d) Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall be furnished with "O" ring
seal plate construction. Seal plates shall be machined to
contain two "O" rings.
(e) Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall have a fully encased wedge
sealing surface providing drop tight closure in either
direction of flow.
(f) Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall be furnished with 2" square
operating nuts and all the necessary glands, bolts and
conductive gaskets as required for installation of mechanical
joint valves.
(g) Resilient Seat Gate Valves shall be coated internally and
externally with a non-toxic epoxy coating which shall impart
no taste or odor to water.
(h) Butterfly valve bodies shall be of cast iron ASTM A0126,
Class B, with mechanical joint ends.
(i) Butterfly valve bearings shall be self-lubricating and
non-corrosive.
(j) Butterfly valve packing shall be permanent, self-adjusting.
(k) Butterfly valve disc shall be ASTM A-436 Ni-Resist, Type 1
with polished edges or ductile iron, with Type 304 stainless
steel, 360° sealing surface.
(1) Butterfly valve seat shall be special resistant Hy-Car bonded
permanently to the body or mechanically retained to the body.
Seating on the disc is not acceptable.
S.P. 9
i~
(m) Butterfly valve operator shall be
lubricated for permanent buried
equipped with an AWWA operating nut.
cast iron, sealed and
or submerged service,
(n) Butterfly valves shall be constructed for 150 psi differen-
tial pressure and tested drip-tight in both directions of
flow.
(o) Butterfly valves shall be of current production and be
supplied by a manufacturer with a background of at least five
years of successful applications and production in this
field.
(p) Butterfly valves 4" through 24" far buried or submersible
service shall be constructed with materials at least equal
to, or superior to, AWWA Standard C-504-87.
(q) Mechanical joint gate valves shall have hub end gasket
seating surfaces, fully machined to fixed dimensions and
tolerances.
(r) Tapping sleeve valves shall comply with the provisions of
resilient seat gate valves and shall be flanged inlets and
mechanical joint outlets.
(s) The use of Duc Lugs and set screw retainer glands as
restraining devices is not permitted.
19. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
All watermain, valves, hydrants, DIP fittings, etc. shall be
polyethylene encased. Materials and installation procedures shall
conform to the Standard Utilities Specification. Except for
hydrants with plugged weep holes as required by the Engineer, the
polyethylene tubing shall have an open drain outlet.
If C-900 PVC watermain is used, then the watermain shall not be
polyethylene encased. However, all valves, hydrants, DIP fit-
tings, etc. shall be polyethylene encased as described above.
Polyethylene encasement of these items shall be incidental to the
installation of the C-900 PVC.
20. WATER SERVICE GROUP
A water service group shall include the curb stop, the service
corporation and any other parts (excluding the copper pipe
necessary for the installation of the water service). All
materials shall conform to AWWA Standards.
Service corporations shall be A.Y. McDonald 4701 or equal with a
1" full-dimension inlet and outlet. Tapping saddles for DIP
S.P. 10
I!J
watermain shall be used for service corporations on all pipe 6"
' in diameter or less, and shall be Smith-Blair No. 313 or equal.
Tapping saddles shall be used with all service corporations to be
installed in C-900 PVC watermain. Tapping saddles for C-900 PVC
watermain shall be A.Y. McDonald, model 3805, with AWWA threads
' and 1" tap size. Curb stops shall be Minneapolis thread type,
A.Y. Mc Donald 6104 or equal with a 1" full dimension inlet and
' outlet.
be A.Y. The interior opening shall also be 1". Curb boxes shall
McDonald 5622 with A.Y. McDonald 5623E lid or equal for
1" curb stops with Minneapolis top adjustable for 8.0 feet of
length at full extension. Rods shall be supplied for all curb
stops.
21. MATERIALS
All DIP watermain shall be Class 52. All fittings shall be DIP.
All water services shall be type K, copper.
' All sewer mains and service wyes shall be constructed utilizing
PVC, SDR 35 sewer pipe with gasketed joints. All sewer services
and fittings shall be constructed utilizing PVC, SDR 26 sewer
' pipe with gasketed joints.
All storm sewer pipe shall be Class III RCP with CX-4 rubber
gasketed joints.
An alternate bid has been provided for the use of PVC watermain
in lieu of DIP with polyethylene encasement. All PVC watermain
' piping shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-900,
"Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch,
for Water Distribution". The pipe shall be class 150 with a
Dimension Ratio (DR) of 18. All pipe shall be suitable for use as
a pressure conduit. Provisions must be made for expansion and
contraction at each joint with an elastomeric ring. The bell
' shall meet the requirements of ASTM D-1869 and F-477 and shall be
designed to be at least as hydrostatically strong as the pipe
wall. The standard laying length shall be 20 feet (+l inch). All
PVC watermain shall have a #8 wire, suitable for underground use,
installed for tracing purposes. The tracer system shall be tested
by the Contractor in the presence of the Project Engineer and the
Joint Powers' representative prior to initiating street construc-
t tion.
All fittings used with the PVC watermain shall be DIP and encased
' in polyethylene. Polyethylene encasement of the fittings shall be
incidental to the C-900 PVC installation.
22. MANHOLE CASTINGS
All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be Neenah R-1642, or
approved equal, with the type B, self-sealing lid with concealed
pickholes and the appropriate name stamped on it.
' S.P. 11
u
23. SERVICES
Services shall extend ten feet into each lot to be served with an
accuracy of + one foot.
24. COMPACTION UNDER SERVICES
Any soil that is subcut from below a service must be compacted
back in place at 100% standard proctor density prior to laying
the service. Density tests must be taken to confirm the density.
If the soil is not compacted to 100% standard proctor density,
then crushed rock must be compacted and placed below the service
in order to ensure no movement. Use of crushed rock shall be at
the Contractor's expense.
25. TIES & AS-BUILTS
The Contractor shall obtain a minimum of 3 ties from fixed
objects (i.e. manholes, catchbasins, power poles, buildings, '
phone risers, power pads, etc.) to all water valves and curb
stops. These ties shall be submitted to the Engineer on copies of
the tie sheet at the end of these specifications (one copy for
each lot or service group). '
The Contractor shall also supply the Engineer As-Built drawings
showing all changes made in the original plan construction (i.e.
pipe lengths, fittings, locations, service locations, etc.)
26. SANITARY SEWER TESTING '
The Contractor shall utilize PVC for construction of the sanitary
sewer lines. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to the
bedding requirements for PVC pipe. The PVC pipe shall be tested
for a maximum pipe wall deflection of 5% of the normal pipe size.
This testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer and at
the completion of all backfilling operations. If any portion of
the line is not within the maximum pipe wall deflection of 5%, '
this portion shall be re-excavated, properly bedded and tamped,
and the trench recompacted and tested for density at no
additional expense to the Owner. The line shall then be tested
again for pipe wall deflection. Deflection testing shall not be
done prior to the pipe being in place for 30 days.
27. SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION
No soil borings have been taken on this project. The Contractor
shall therefore conduct a thorough subsurface exploration to '
determine the site's condition.
28. CRUSHED ROCK
A bid item for crushed rock has been included for this project.
This bid item shall only be used if the Engineer determines that '
S.P. 12 '
the soil conditions warrant its use. No payment for crushed rock
will be made in lieu of dewatering.
29. STREET CONSTRUCTION
This project consists of the street construction in two (2)
construction seasons. After paving the bituminous base course,
all gate valves and manholes shall be adjusted to 3/4" below the
top of the finished base course. No diamonds shall be provided
around the gate valves and manholes. Prior to paving the
bituminous wear course, all gate valves and manholes shall be
adjusted to 3/4" below the top of the finished wear course.
Bituminous patching around the gate valves and manholes shall be
completed a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the bituminous wear
course construction. All bituminous patching shall be performed
with a smooth drum roller.
30. TEST ROLLING
The Contractor shall be required
the aggregate base in accordance
Construction Specifications. The
rolling prior to placement of
aggregate base shall pass the tes
the curbing.
to .test roll the subgrade and
to Article 2.04 of the Street
subgiade shall pass the test
the aggregate base and the
t rolling prior to placement of
31. WATER
Water for construction purposes may not be taken from any hydrant
within the city of St. Michael. Water may be purchased and
obtained from the Joint Powers Water Board at the hydrant in
front of the Board's pumphouse and office, located at 11100 50th
Street NE in the city of Albertville. The fee for use of this
hydrant is $50.00 per day, plus $2.00 for each thousand gallons
used. A permit per day must be obtained from the clerk of the
Joint Powers Water Board after paying the required fee. Water may
be obtained from this hydrant only after prior arrangements have
been made with the clerk of the Joint Powers Water Board for each
day it is to be used.
32. MANHOLE ADJUSTING RINGS
Mortar for the adjusting rings shall be placed between the rings
and on the outside only. No mortar shall be placed on the inside
of the adjusting rings. Mortar protruding into the interior of
the manhole shall be removed. Rings for both the manholes and
catch basins shall have at least 2" of mortar between them and
sufficient mortar on the outside to fill in the voids.
33. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT
A bid item-has been included for the adjustment of the existing
manhole structures to 3/4" below the top of the finished base
SP. 13
I~~-~
course. Payment shall include the adjusting rings, labor and
other materials necessary to complete the adjustment. Payment
shall be per structure raised. See Article 32, Manhole Adjusting
Rings for installation requirements.
34. CHIMNEY SEAL, EXISTING MH15
Existing MH15 is to be raised, utilizing five 2-inch adjusting
rings. See Article 32, Manhole Adjusting Rings, for installation
requirements. On the exterior side of the rings the Contractor
shall install an external flexible seal to prevent groundwater
infiltration into the manhole. The external rubber seals used ,
for sealing the frame and .chimney area of the manhole shall
consist of the following components:
1. Rubber Sleeve Extension: The flexible rubber sleeve anal
extension shall be extruded from a high grade rubber compound
conforming to the applicable requirements of ASTM C-923, with
a hardness (durometer) of 45+5.
The sleeve shall be corrugated, with a minimum thickness of
3/16 inches and shall be available in unexpanded vertical
heights of 6 and 9 inches, each capable of a verticle '
expansion of not less than 2 inches when installed. The top
section of the sleeve shall contain multiple sealing fins and
be designed to extend both over and under the manhole base
flange, thereby allowing it to be mechanically locked in
place. The bottom section of the sleeve shall contain an
integrally formed compression band recess and multiple sealing
fins. '
The extension shall have a minimum thickness of 3/16 inches.
The top portion of the extension shall be shaped to fit into ,
the bottom band recess of the sleeve and have its own
integrally formed band recess, which is located such that when
assembled the recess is centered over that of the sleeve. The '
bottom section of the extension shall contain an integrally
formed compression band recess and multiple sealing fins.
Any splice used to fabricate the sleeve and extension shall be '
hot vulcanized and have a strength such that the sleeve shall
withstand a 180 degree bend with no visible separation.
2. Compression Bands: The compression bands used to compress the
sleeve against the manhole frame shall be 16 gauge stainless
steel conforming to ASTM A-240, Type 304, with a minimum width
of 1 inch. ,
The top compression band shall have a shape and width
sufficient to, when tightened, mechanically lock the sleeve ,
and frame together.
S.P. 14 '
The tightening mechanism on both bands shall have the capacity
to develop the pressures necessary to make a watertight seal
and shall have a minimum adjustment range of 2 diameter
inches. Screws, bolts and nuts used ~on the bands shall be
stainless steel conforming to ASTM F-593 and 594, Type 304.
The Contractor shall field measure the outside diameter of the
manhole frame base flange, the manhole chimney or grade rings and
cone. These measurements are needed to obtain the proper sized
rubber seal.
The surface of the manhole chimney or cone/corbel against which
the sleeve is to be compressed shall be circular, clean,
reasonably smooth and free of any loose material and excessive
voids. If the masonry surface is rough or irregular and would not
provide an effective seal, it shall be .smoothed with an approved
low shrink mortar. A bead of butyl rubber caulk, conforming to
AASHTO M-198, Type B, may be applied to the lower sealing surface
of the sleeve to fill any minor irregularities in the masonry
surface. Any flaws in the manhole frame such as cracks, pits or
protrusions, shall be repaired by either filling with mortar or
grinding smooth.
The manhole frame shall be set on top of the three steel spacers,
centered on the chimney, and embedded in a mortar course having a
minimum finished thickness of 3/4 inches. The outer surface shall
be raked free of mortar to a minimum depth of 1 inch and the
inner surface of this mortar joint shall be trowel finished.
Butyl gasket material shall not be used in this joint.
After the rubber sleeve has been placed in the proper position
around the manhole, the stainless steel bands are positioned in
their respective locations and individually tightened as required
to provide a watertight seal.
When an extension is used, it shall be positioned around the
outside of the chimney seal sleeve such that the top of the
extension fits into the bottom band recess of the sleeve. A
bottom band is positioned in each of the two band recesses of the
extension and tightened as required to provide a watertight seal.
Detailed installation instructions shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions. The chimney seal shall be as
manufactured by Cretex Specialty Products or approved equal.
Payment shall include the chimney seal, labor and other materials
necessary to complete the installation. Payment shall be per the
chimney seal installed.
35. SIGNS
The sign materials and hardware shall conform to MnDOT 3352 for
S.P. 15
l
~.
the type of sign specified. Stainless steel lag bolts, conforming
to the sign manufacturer's recommendations, shall be required.
The sign posts shall conform to MnDOT 3401 and shall have a ,
nominal weight of 2.75 pounds per foot of length. Mounting height
of the signs shall be seven (7) feet. The embedment depth shall
be a minimum of 3.5 feet. '
36. WOOD SKIMMER
The skimmer shall be constructed of Timbrex wood/plastic ,
composition material. All hardware required for installation
shall be stainless steel. The rock Swale shall be made of 3/4"
natural rock. No crushed shale and limestone will be allowed. '
Payment for the skimmer shall be by lump sum measure and shall
include all materials, equipment and labor necessary for a ,
complete installation.
37. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Section 18 of the General Conditions addresses protection of
existing utilities and property. This is a further clarification ,
of sanitary sewer protection. The Contractor shall use utmost
care during his operations and particularly during manhole
adjustments to keep gravel and debris from entering sanitary
sewer manholes. In the event of debris or gravel entering the '
sanitary sewer lines, these lines shall be jetted by Roto-Rooter
or other approved company at the expense of the Contractor.
Flushing of debris or gravel down the sanitary sewer line will '
not be allowed.
38. SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY '
The Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifica-
tions for Construction", 1988 Edition, together with all
supplements thereto, and the Joint Powers Water Board's "Standard '
Specifications for Watermain and Service Line Installation" dated
January, 1991, shall govern except as superceeded by the attached
General Conditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions
and attached specifications.
39. STANDARD PLATES '
All references to standard plates MHD shall mean the "Standard
Plates" of the Minnesota Department of Transportation. All other
reference to standard plates shall mean those details attached to '
the plans.
40. CONSTRUCTION LIMITS ,
The Contractor shall confine his activities to the right-of-way
or designated construction area. Equipment and material storage
S.P. 16
II
or deposition of excavated materials on private property must be
' approved in writing by the property owners, a copy of which shall
be presented to the Engineer prior to such storage or deposition.
Failure to do so will result in immediate suspension of work
' until such approval has been obtained or materials removed, and
area restored to its previous condition or better.
' 41. SHOP DRAWINGS
U The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for approval by the
Engineer for all materials to be used on the project. These shall
' include pipes, fittings, hydrants, manholes, castings, silt
fence, etc. A minimum of six copies of each shall be supplied to
the Engineer.
42. LIEN WAIVERS
The Contractor shall furnish partial or complete lien waivers
along with each payment request. The lien waivers shall be
submitted by the Contractor, all subcontractors, and all material
suppliers on the project. No payment will be authorized unless
' the lien waivers are received.
' 43. STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor and all subcontractors shall submit State form
IC-134, "Withholding Affidavit for Contractors" along with the.
final payment request. No payment will be authorized unless the
IC-134 forms are received.
The Contractor shall also be aware of Minnesota Statute 290.9705
' regarding out-of-state contractors.
Forms may be obtained from the Minnesota Department of Revenue,
' Business Trust Tax Division.
44. PERFORMANCE BOND
Article 5 of the General Conditions is hereby amended as follows:
The first sentence of the second paragraph shall read, "This bond
shall be kept effective and in full force for two (2) years after
' completion and acceptance of the work."
The remainder of Article 5 shall remain in full effect.
' 45. INSURANCE
Article 6 of the General Conditions shall be amended as follows:
The second paragraph under item b, Article 6 of the General
Conditions is hereby deleted and replaced with the following
paragraph:
' S.P. 17
"Amount of Insurance shall be as follows: Public Liability
Insurance shall not be less than. Five Hundred Thousand
($500,000) Dollars for injuries including accidental death, to
one person, subject to the same limit for each person, not
less than One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars for one accident.
Property Damage shall be for Two Hundred Thousand ($200,000)
Dollars for each accident but not less than Four Hundred
Thousand ($400,000) Dollars aggregate."
The remainder of Article 6 shall remain in full effect.
46. GUARANTEE
The guarantee requirements of Article 26 of the General
Conditions is hereby amended to call for a two (2) year guarantee
period after completion and acceptance of the work. All other
requirements of this section shall remain in effect.
47. ALTERNATE BIDS
The City is requesting that an alternate bid be provided for
Dual-Wall Corrugated Polyethylene pipe to be installed on
selected segments of the storm sewer system. The City shall
select the low bid based upon the RCP storm sewer system. If the
bids indicate that a significant cost savings will be achieved by
using the polyethylene pipe, the City may elect to substitute it
for the reinforced concrete pipe specified as the base bid.
The City is also requesting an alternate bid be provided for
C-900 PVC watermain pipe to be installed in lieu of the DIP with
polyethylene encasement. If the bids indicate that a significant
cost savings will be achieved by using the C-900 PVC, the City
may elect to substitute it for the DIP watermain specified as the
base bid.
48. DUAL-WALL CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE
The polyethylene pipe shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT
2503 as identified in MnDOT Technical memorandum 91-7-B-1, dated
April 2, 1991. All polyethylene pipe shall be provided with
watertight gasketed joints. After the installation of the pipe,
it shall be deflection tested in conformance to MnDOT 2503D.
The flared end sections to
polyethylene pipe called for in
23, may be constructed of either
materials.
connect to the 12" and 27"
Alternate Bid "C", items 22 and
polyethylene or galvanized steel
49. CLEANOUT AND CLEANOUT MANHOLES
The cleanouts and cleanout manholes shall be installed per
details 2.018 and 2.018A. The starting ~oint of measurement for
each of these structures shall be the 45 bend off the main sewer
S.P. 18
line. Payment for the cleanout shall include the bends, riser
pipes and cap. Payment for the cleanout- and cleanout manhole
shall include the bends, riser pipes, .cap, granular backfill
materials and manhole. Payment shall be per the cleanout or
cleanout and cleanout manhole installed.
50. SEWER SERVICE CONNECTION
A sewer service connection shall include the wye and bends as
required to serve each connection, regardless of service type.
Payment shall be by the individual service connection made and
shall include all materials, labor and equipment necessary for
its installation. The sewer service connection does not include
the service pipe, which shall be paid under a separate bid item.
51. MANHOLE AND VALVE ADJUSTMENT
Bid items have been provided for adjustment of the manholes and
gate valves prior to paving the wear course. These bid items
shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for
removing the bituminous base course from around the structures,
raising the manhole or gate valve, re-compacting the disturbed
gravel and soil, patching the bituminous base course, and
disposal of all excess debris.
7
7
J
S.P. 19
D
ii
-i
' 1.0 SCOPE
STREET CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
' 1.1 LOCATION OF WORK
The location of this work is as shown on the plans.
' 1.02 WORK INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all
' materials, equipment, tools and labor to do the work required under
this contract in strict conformance with the plans and specifica-
tions prepared for the purpose by Meyer-Rohl in, Inc. , Engineers and
' Land Surveyors, 1111 Highway 25 North, Buffalo, Minnesota. The work
shall include, but not be limited to, the excavation of the entire
roadway between right-of-way lines to the prescribed sub-grade and
' cros s-section; supplying, spreading and compacting the sub-base;
supplying, spreading and compacting the base; bituminous surfacing
of the streets with the specified tack coat, bituminous bases and
bituminous wear of specified thickness and all necessary backfil-
' ling, surface restoration and cleanup, as specified.
' 1.03 SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY
The Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications for
Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, together with all supplements
thereto, shall govern except as superceded by the attached General
C onditions or modified herein by the Special Provisions and
attached specifications.
' 2.00 GRADING
' 2.01 GENERAL
The work covered in this
and/
fil specification shall consist of the cutting
or
ling of the full street width to provide the required
' cross-section shown on the drawings. The work covered by this
section will be done in accordance with Section 2105 and 2112 of
Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications for Highway
' Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified hereafter.
2.02 SUBGRADE
' The subgrade shall be brought to the prescribed cross-section and
grade by the necessary excavation and fill by using acceptable
existing materials and thoroughly compacting all necessary fill
' material. The subgrade shall then be prepared in accordance with
Section 2.05.
r
0
In the event of poor sub-grade material,. the Engineer shall be
notified immediately so a determ_ination_ can be made as to the
correct procedure to follow.
Proper drainage shall be provi ded at all times so that the
sub -grade will be kept free of standing water. Any soft spots
developing from poor drainage and standing water shall be
completely excavated, b ackfilled, and compacted with an acceptable 1
dry material at no additional cost to the City.
2.03 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT (2105) '
All operations shall be done in accordance with MnDOT Specification
No. 2105. All compaction will be done by the "Specified Density ,
Method " .
Density tests shall be taken to evaluate the compaction achieved.
The quantity of tests shall be determined by the Engineer in the
field.
Where density tests are taken to evaluate the compaction, the fill
shall meet the requirements of a minimum of 100% of Standard
Proctor Density (AASHTO T-99 ) in the upper three feet of the
emb ankment and a minimum of 95% of Standard Proctor Density below
the upper three feet, except when the existing soil moisture '
content is over the "optimum" moisture content determined by the
Standard Proctor Density. When the existing soil moisture content
is over the "optimum" moisture content, the soil shall be compacted
to a density within five pounds per cubic foot (pcf) of the
theoretical density identified by the Proctor curve at that
moisture. content. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
materials which are over "optimum" moisture content.
subgrade excavation is further defined under Paragraph 2.06 of
these specifications. '
Granular borrow and select granular borrow shall meet the
requirements of MnDOT Specification No. 3149; maximum particle size
to be six inches in diameter. '
2.04 TEST ROLLING (2111 MODIFIED)
After the above work relative to compaction is completed, the
subgrade shall be test rolled in accordance with MnDOT Specifica-
tion No. 2111, except as follows: '
Test rolling shall be performed prior to, intermittently during,
and. after c ompletion of subgrade preparation work (2112} or '
subgrade excavation work (2105} when ordered by the Engineer.
The yielding or rutting portion of this specification 2111.3
shall apply only to the test roll for final acceptance of the
subgrade preparation; earlier test rolling shall be for the
l
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 2
u
i~
i~
Ii~
~I
i~
i
purpose of identifying those areas needing subgrade excavation,
etc. Later test rolling on the base course shall be to determine
if required stability exists. In embankment/fill areas, the
subgrade may be test rolled at an elevation lower than finished
subgrade elevation if the condition of the soils being placed
indicate that normal subgrade preparation (2112) cannot be
performed and that subgrade excavation (2105) may be necessary;
this procedure is to eliminate having to remove materials just
previously placed. Test rolling shall also be used in conjunction
with the placing of aggregate or bituminous base courses when
ordered by the Engineer.
The Contractor will furnish a wheel loader (with operator) for
test rolling. The wheel loader shall have an approximate bucket
size of three cubic yards and shall be fully loaded. Test rolling
will be required over the entire length and width of the proposed
roadway and one foot outside the back of curb. Test rolling shall
be performed as many times as deemed necessary by the Engineer.
The costs of the wheel loader and operator and any other costs
incurred during test rolling shall be incidental to construction
of the subgrade or base and no direct compensation will be made
therefore. Test rolling, including retesting of repaired, failed
sections, shall also be considered as incidental.
2.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION (2112)
After the test rolling is completed to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, the subgrade shall be prepared in accordance with MnDOT
Specification 2112, except as follows:
The Contractor shall prepare the top 12 inches of subgrade by
means of scarifying, aerating or watering for at least a period
of 24 hours or as long as specified by the Engineer, in order to
obtain the required stability and density. If wet or poor soil is
encountered, the Contractor shall dry it out for a minimum period
of 24 hours in optimum drying weather or longer in other
conditions by aerating the soil by the use of blades, sheepsfoot,
or other mechanical means. Under normal circumstances no
determination as to the acceptability of a questionable subgrade
material will be made prior to the Contractor's drying out the
soil for the minimum time period. Areas which remain unstable
after normal subgrade preparation will be repaired at the
direction of the Engineer as to MnDOT Specification No. 2105
(subgrade Excavation).
Unstable areas of subgrade due to inclement weather shall be
prepared by the Contractor at no compensation; subgrade deter-
mined satisfactory and the failing due to inclement weather also
shall be rep aired at no additional compensation.
The top 12 inches of subgrade shall be compacted to 100% Standard
Proctor Density. The "required stability" shall be such that,
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 3
when test rolled, the roadbed surface shows yielding or rutting
of no more than 12" measured from the top of the constructed
grade to the bottom of the rut. Tests shall be taken to evaluate
the compaction achieved. Tests shall be taken at the rate of one
test for every 100 feet of subgrade prepared. Testing shall be by
an independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. Under no
circumstances shall gravel be hauled until the subgrade has been
approved by the Engineer with respect to grade and density.
subgrade preparation will be required over the entire length and
width of the proposed roadways and one foot outside the back of
curb. Payment shall be by the square yard (sy) prepared.
2.06 SUBGRADE EXCAVATION (2105)
subgrade excavation shall consist of all excavations made below the
top of the subgrade surface of the road and between the shoulder
slopes, which are not made for the purpose of obtaining topsoil,
and the materials of which are not classified for payment such as
rock excavation. This work shall include .the .removal and disposal
of unsuitable materials in the roadbed and replacing such materials
with common excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base
materials, together with any other work necessary to provide
drainage for the excavations. All excavation shall be by the load
and haul method, with no scraper operation being acceptable. Common
excavation, common borrow, granular borrow, or base materials, when
used in replacing materials removed through subgrade excavation,
shall be as follows:
a. Common Excavation Material (2105.2A)
Common excavation material to be used in subgrade excavation must
be approved by the Engineer prior to placing. When this material
is used, the Contractor shall be paid for excavation of the
unsuitable materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials
with common excavation, at the common excavation unit price,
provided the common excavation material is furnished from an
initial excavation area.. If the common excavation material has
been moved once initially and stockpiled, then the material will
be paid as common borrow material, as described below.
b. Common Borrow Material (2105B)
When suitable or argyle common excavation material can not be
found within the excavation limits, the common borrow material
approved by the Engineer will be used in subgrade excavation.
Borrow material will be obtained within the right-of-way if
available; if not, it may be obtained off the right-of-way at a
location located and negotiated by the Contractor. Regardless of
the location of the borrow source, only one bid item will apply
for furnishing of the borrow. When common borrow is used, the
Contractor shall be paid for excavation of the unsuitable
materials and replacement of the unsuitable materials with common
borrow.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 4
' c. Granular Borrow Material (3149)
When common excavation or common borrow material cannot be
obtained by the Contractor on or off the right-of-way, the
Engineer may direct the Contractor ~ to use granular borrow
material for subgrade excavation.
When granular borrow is used, the Contractor shall be paid for
' excavation, of the unsuitable materials and replacement of the
unsuitable materials with granular borrow.
All materials used for replacement in areas of subgrade
excavation shall be compacted in accordance with 2105 as
previously mentioned in paragraph 2.03. All replacement materials
in the top 12 inches of the subgrade shall then be compacted in
accordance with the provisions of subgrade preparation (2112), as
.previously described in paragraph 2.05 .
' subgrade excavation shall be made to the depths and location
indicated by .the Engineer. Areas of subgrade excavation may be
required at random locations throughout the roadbed or may be
required as a "core-type excavation", wherein the roadbed is
' excavated for its entire length and width. No subgrade excavation
shall be done prior to subgrade preparation and test rolling.
' Payment for subgrade excavation shall be by the cubic yard (e.v.)
and shall be compensation for excavation and disposal of the
material.
Generally, no subgrade excavation shall be used to correct
conditions caused by inclement weather. In cases where inclement
weather is continuous and for long periods of time, and does not
' allow for expeditious completion of subgrade preparation by use
of 2112 and/or 2105, the Engineer may require the Contractor to
prepare the roadways as follows:
(1) Make a core excavation of the subgrade to a depth as
directed by the Engineer.
' (2) Replace the excavated material below subgrade with the
same materials to be used for base material (Class 5, etc.)
and then immediately continue to place the loose material in
' the area above the subgrade elevation. The subgrade excavation
and the base course both shall be constructed with base
material in a fashion which will contribute to "bridging". In
' this case, after the subgrade excavation has been made and the
conditions do not allow for com
ti
pac
on, then the bottom of the
subgrade excavation shall be subcut to a uniform bottom and
the base material shall be placed in a fashion to prevent
' pumping or intrusion of the subgrade into the base material.
Generally, the first 12 inches of the material shall be
deposited on the subgrade before any rolling or compaction
b egins. All compaction done in this situation shall be by use
' of static equipment.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 5
(3) When this procedure for subgrade excavation is used, the '
Contractor shall be paid for excavating the unsuitable
materials below subgrade elevation and shall be paid for all
base materials used above and below subgrade elevation, all at
contract unit price; the compaction of this base material. 1
shall be considered incidental. Also, when this method is
used, the Contractor shall not be paid for subgrade prepara-
tion (2112 ). '
Base material used for backfill, as described above for "bridging",
will be paid for at the same unit- price paid under the applicable
base price and unit.
In areas of embankment/fill, the Contractor and the Engineer shall
both observe the placement of materials and if it appears that the
soils being placed will not be able to be prepared under normal
subgrade preparation and that subgrade excavation will be neces-
sary, then the subgrade shall be left lower than final elevation so
as to eliminate having to pay for excavation of materials that were '
just previously placed. Particular attention shall be paid that
capping of granular materials with non-granular materials is not
permitted at or within 12 inches of the subgrade surface.
Any over-excavated areas shall be returned to the proper grade and
cross-section by the Contractor at no additional cost to the owner. '
2.07 EXCESS MATERIAL
Excess .material not used on the
roje
t i
th
'
p
c
s
e property of the
Owner and shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer within a
distance of one mile from the site of the work. Disposal of the
excess material shall be incidental to the excavation unit price. '
3.00 CLEARING OF STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY '
3.01 GENERAL
Thi s work shall consist of removing and disposing of trees, shrubs.
,
roots, wind falls, stumps and abandoned structures such as
sidewalk, curb and gutter, culverts, manholes, and catch basins
.
The work shall include the salvaging of designated materials and
'
th e backfilling of the resulting trenches, holes and depressions.
3.02 REMOVING MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 1
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all abandoned structures
and obstructions designated by the Engineer. Culverts, manholes
and catch basins shall be salvaged and the Contractor shall deliver
all salvaged structures to the Owner. Sidewalks, curb and gutter
and driveway pavement shall be removed at a joint or shall be sawed
to one-third the thickness of the concrete. The exposed edge of '
removal shall be straight with no chips or cracks.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 6
i~
4.00 AGGREGATE BASE
4.01 GENERAL '
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the subgrade is to
proper grade and cross-section for acceptance before proceeding
with the base.
This work shall consist of construction of one or more courses of
aggregate base on a prepared sub-base. Work shall be done in
accordance with Section 2211 of Minnesota Department of Transporta-
tion Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except
as modified hereafter.
4.02 MATERIALS
Gravel material shall be of the class designated on the typical
section of the plans. Gravel material shall meet the requirements
of Section 3138 of Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifi-
cations for Highway Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified
hereafter.
4.03 TESTING
Samples of th e aggregate base material shall be taken at the
project site at the rate of one test for every 1000 feet of base
(minimum). A minimum of two tests shall be required on the project.
An independent lab shall perform .the tests and confirm the
gradation. All test reports shall indicate the location where the
samples were taken. The gravel shall meet Class 5 gradation
requirements prior to the placement of curbing or bituminous
application.
4.04 COMPACTION
Compaction shall be by the "ordinary compaction" method. Each layer
shall be compacted until there is no further evidence of
consolidation, using a tamping, steel-wheeled or pneumatic-tired
roller, meeting .the requirements of the Minnesota Department of
Transportation Specfication 2123. The Engineer may elect to test
the compaction with field density tests. The base material shall be
compacted to 100% of standard proctor density.
4.05 QUALITY CONTROL
The gravel base shall be approved 24 hours before the bituminous
base application. The base shall be within 2" + at the crown and
quarter crown. -
4.06 PAYMENT
Payment for th e aggregate base shall be on the basis of cubic yards
of material furnished and compacted in place and shall be
compensation in full for all costs incidental to its construction.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 7
n
5.00 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE '
5.01 WORK INCLUDED '
The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all
material, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a
paver-laid bituminous base as noted on the plans, and shall be done
in accordance with Section 2331 of Minnesota Department of ,
Transportation Specifications for Highway Construction, 1988
Edition, except as modified below.
5.02 AGGREGATE
Aggregate material shall be-Class B, Section 3139.
5.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL
For the mixture, the bituminous material shall be asphalt cement,
120-150 penetration. The oil content shall be 4% to 6% by weight.
The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a design mix prior
to construction. Cost of the design mix shall be incidental to the
payment for bituminous base.
5.04 CONSTRUCTION
All curb and gutter must be backfilled before any blacktop is
applied to the street. Prior to placement of the base course, any
existing .bituminous surface abutting it shall have a straight cut
joint made, it shall be cleaned, and it shall be liberally tacked
with a bituminous material. After paving the base, all gate valves
and manholes on this project shall be adjusted to 3/4" below
finished grade for the winter.. All disturbed aggregate base shall
be recompacted and the blacktop patched. A 3-foot diamond of
bituminous shall be placed around the manholes to protect them from
the snowplows. A 1-foot diamond of bituminous shall be placed
around the gate valves to protect them from the snowplows.
5.05 PAYMENT
The bituminous base shall be
yard-inch at plan thickness.
Engineer, all streets shall
thickness as shown on the plans.
i~
'J
paid for on the basis of square
Unless otherwise directed by the
be constructed with a bituminous
Payment shall be compensation for preparation of all existing
surfaces, furnishing materials, laying and rolling.
~.
n
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 8
6.00 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE
6.01 WORK .INCLUDED
The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all
materials, equipment, tools and labor for the construction of a
plan t mixed, paver laid, bituminous surface as noted on the plans,
and shall be done in accordance with Section 2331 of Minnesota
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Highway
Construction, 1988 Edition, except as modified below.
6.02 AGGREGATE
Aggregate material shall be Class A, Section 3139. Mineral filler
shall be as per Section 3145.
6.03 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL ,-
F'or the mixture, the bituminous material shall be asphalt cement,
120-1.50 penetration. Oil content shall be 4.7% to 6.5% by weight as
determined by the Engineer. The contractor shall .furnish the
Engineer with a design mix prior to construction. Cost of the
design mix shall be incidental to the payment for bituminous base.
6.04 CONSTRUCTION
Unles s otherwise called for in the special provisions, the wear
course shall not be installed until the construction season
following the placement of the base. After the street has been
paved and prior, to rolling, a 3/4" plywood plate shall be placed
over each of these structures and the edges raked. The roller shall
then roll the uaear until no sign of settlement occurs and the plate
may be removed.
Prior to the application of any bituminous wearing course mixture,
the base course shall receive a bituminous tack coat in accordance
with MnDOT Specification 2357. The bituminous tack coat shall be
applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. The cost of the
tack shall be included in the wear course unit price.
The bituminous wear course at the edge of the curb and gutter shall
be 4" above the edge, following compaction. The additional cost of
the materials along the edge shall be incidental to the cost of the
wear course.
6.05 PAYMENT
The bituminous wea r shall be paid for on the basis of square
yard-inch at plan thickness. Unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, all streets shall be constructed with a bituminous
thickness as shown on the plans.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page g
Payment shall be compensation for cutting .the existing bituminous,. '
sweeping, tack coat, furnishing materials,- laying .and rolling.
At the conclusion of the project, cores in the blacktop m_~r be '
ordered if in the opinion of the Engineer the pavement does not
meet the specifications. A minimum of one core for every 400 feet
of roadway shall be taken. The following tests shall be run by an
independent test lab at the Contractor's expense. ,
1. Thickness
2. tdarshall Density
'
3. Gradation
4. Extraction
If the N,arshall Density for the cores
is less than the specified
.
minimum density, then in lieu of being, removed and replaced to an
acceptable condition, it will be accepted at a reduced. rate
according to MnDOT Specification 2331.3, 1988 Edition. '
In addition, an average thickness of all the cores shall be
computed. Based upon that thickness, payment for both the wear and
base shall be adjusted according to the following schedule:
a. average thickness 0.15 inches less than plan and greater
(except where ordered by the Engineer) : payment made at unit '
prices.
b. average thickness: 0.16-0.25 inches less than plan: 15%
reduction of unit prices as bid.
c. average thickness 0.26-0.50 inches less than plan: 30%
reduction of unit prices as bid.
d. any specific area which has a test thickness less than plan
thickness minus 0.50 inches shall be replaced. '
7.00 HAUL SLIPS '
"Haul slips" showing tonnage of all bituminous and rock material
delivered to the j ob site s ha l l be submitted to the Engineer on a
daily basis. All tonnage tickets shall be .weighed and not '
estimated.
Unless the method of payment called for on the proposal is by the
ton, all haul slips supplies will be used for verification of the
cubic yard or square yard quantities only.
'
8.00 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND TESTING
All phases of the work shall be open to the Engineer or his
'
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 10
n
I
I
II
u
u
u
fl
7
representative and the Contractor shall allow the use of such
facilities as a re necessary to properly. inspect the work. The
Contractor shall submit test results as determined by an approved
testing laboratory of all materials to be used before any related
construction begins. .The Contractor shall furnish reasonable
amounts of the materials during the construction progress to be
used for periodic testing.
9.00 CLEANUP
When the work has been completed, the Contractor shall remove from
the site all extra material, equipment, debris and other supplies.
The site shall be cleaned up as is necessary to leave all property
in substantially the same condition as it was before the project.
10.0 SEEDING, SODDING ~ BLACKDIRT
Provisions of N,nDOT Specification ~ 3878 shall govern for sod and
73876 shall govern for seed. Seeding and sodding work shall conform
to bInDOT Specification 72575. Salvaged topsoil shall be obtained
from suitable on-site materials meeting I/~nDOT .requirements. If
topsoil borrow is obtained from a source off-site, it shall be
pulverized black dirt acceptable to the Engineer. Salvaged topsoil
and topsoil borrow shall be spread to a compacted thickness of 4
inches prior to sodding or seeding. The seed shall be N,1••ID mixture
number 500 and shall be applied at the rate of 100 hounds per acre.
All areas seeded shall be fertilized. The fertilizers shall be dry
and shall contain available nitrogen, phosphoric acid znd potash in
proportions which will supply the minimum quantities of these plant
foods. All areas seeded shall be mulched per MnDOT specifications,
using Type I mulch and disc anchoring.
The Contractor shall have the topsoil tested to determine the type
and application rate of fertilizers to use. For bidding purposes,
the Contractor shall use an application rate of 30 0 pounds per acre
of a 20-10-10 fertilizer.
Payment for sodding shall be by the square yard and shall include
the sod, salvaged topsoil, watering and all equipment and labor
necessary to the proper installation of the sod. Payment for
seeding shall be by the acre and shall include the seed,
fertilizer, salvaged topsoil, mulch and all equipment and labor
necessary Lo the proper installation of the seed. Payment for
topsoil borrow shall be by the cubic yard (LV) and shall include
the topsoil, trucking, equipment and labor necessary for the proper
installation of the topsoil borrow.
All placement of black dirt behind curbing shall be done prior to
paving.
The Contractor shall be aware that the quantities of sod and seed
used next to the curb shall be at the owner's discretion and that
they may be changed or deleted with no change in th e unit price.
STREET CONSTRUCTION page 11
' CONCRETE CURB SPECIFICATIONS
DESCR
IPTION
Curb or combined curbs and gutters, sidewalks and driveway aprons
' shall consist of air-entrained portland cement concrete con-
structed on a prepared subgrade in accordance with these
specifications. This work shall be in reasonably close conformity
with the lines and grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections
shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. All work shall
be performed in accordance with MnDOT specifications.
' CONCRETE
The air-entrained .portland cement concrete shall meet the
' requirements of MnDOT specification 2461. The component parts
shall be batched by weight, in proportions, to produce a concrete
developing a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi in 28 days.
' The concrete shall have a uniform consistency and slump. The slump
shall be between l and 3 inches for handvibrated concrete, between
2 and 4 inches for hand-tamped or spaded concrete, and between z
' and 2 inches for concrete placed by a slipform/extrusion machine.
A design mix shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior
' to installation.
' BASE PREPARATION
The base shall be a minimum thickness of 6 inches of class 5
gravel under all curb and gutter and all driveway aprons. A
' minimum base thickness of 4 inches of pit run sand shall be placed
beneath all sidewalks. The base shall be compacted and shall
extend a minimum of 1 foot outside the curb and drives and 0.5
feet outside sidewalk forms. The base shall be reasonably dense,
' firm, trimmed to a uniform smooth surface and in a moist condition
when the concrete is placed.
' MACHINE PLACEMENT
The slipform/extrusion machine approved shall be so designed as to
place, spread, consolidate, screed, and finish the concrete in one
' complete pass in such a manner that a minimum of hand finishing
will be necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous concrete
section. The machine shall shape, vibrate, and/or extrude the
concrete for the full width and depth of the concrete section
being placed. It shall be operated with as nearly a continuous
forward movement as possible. All operations of mixing, delivery,
and spreading concrete shall be so coordinated as to provide
uniform progress, with stopping and starting of the machine held
to a minimum.
Concrete 1
0
FORMED METHOD
The forms shall be of wood, metal, or other suitable material that
is straight and free from warp, having sufficient strength to
resist the pressure of the concrete without displacement and
sufficient tightness to prevent the leakage of mortar. Flexible or '
rigid forms of proper curvature may be used for curves having a
radius of 100 feet or less. Division plates shall be metal.
The front and back forms shall extend for the full depth of the '
concrete. All of the forms shall be braced and staked so that they
remain in both horizontal and vertical alignment until their
removal. They shall be cleaned and coated with an approved
form-release agent before concrete is placed against them.
The concrete shall be deposited into the forms without segregation '
and then it shall be tamped and spaded or mechanically vibrated
for thorough consolidation. Low roll or mountable curbs may be
formed without the use of a face form by using a straightedge and
templet to form the curb face. When used, face forms shall be 1
removed as soon as possible to permit finishing, Front and back
forms shall be removed without damage to the concrete after it has
set. '
FINISHING
The plastic
concrete shall be finished
smooth
if '
,
necessary, by
means of a wood float and then it shall be given a final surface
texture using a light broom or burlap drag. Concrete that is
adjacent to forms and formed joints shall be edged with a suitable '
edging tool to the dimension shown on the plans.
JOINTING '
Contraction Joints
Transverse weakened-plane contraction joints shall be con-
structed at right angles to the curb line at intervals not
exceeding 15 feet. Joint depth shall average at least z of the
cross section of the concrete. '
Contraction joints may be sawed, hand-formed, or made by 1/8
inch thick division plates in the formwork. Sawing shall be done
early after the concrete has set to prevent the formation of ,
uncontrolled cracking, The joints may be hand-formed either. by
(1) using a narrow or triangular jointing tool or a thin metal
blade to impress a plane or weakness into the plastic concrete '
,
or (2) inserting 1/8 inch thick steel strips into the plastic
concrete temporarily. Steel strips shall be withdrawn before
final finishing of the concrete. Where division plates are used
to make contraction joints, the plates shall be removed after '
the concrete has set and while the forms are still in place.
Concrete 2
Expansion Joints
' Expansion joints shall be constructed at right angles to the
curb line at immovable structures and at points of curvature for
short-radius curves. Filler material for expansion joints shall
' conform to requirements of ASTM D994, D1751, or D1752 and shall
be furnished in a single 3/4 inch thick piece for the full depth
and width of the joint.
' Expansion joints in a slipformed curb or curb and gutter shall
be constructed with an appropriate hand tool by raking or sawing
through partially set concrete for the full depth and width of
' the section. The cut shall be only wide enough to permit a snug
fit for the joint filler. After the filler is placed, open areas
adjacent to the filler shall be filled with concrete and then
troweled and edged.
Alternatively, an expansion joint may be installed by removing a
short section of freshly extruded curb and gutter immediately,
' installing temporary holding forms, placing the expansion joint
filler, and replacing and reconsolidating the concrete that was
removed. Contaminated concrete shall be discarded.
' Other Joints
Construction joints may be either butt- or expansion-type
joints. Curbs or combined curbs and gutters constructed. adjacent
to existing concrete shall have the same type of~joints as in
the existing concrete, with similar spacing; however, contrac-
t tion joint spacing shall not exceed 15 feet. Curbing placed in
conjunction with concrete paving shall be jointed according to
the type of joint indicated on the plan and profile.
' PROTECTION
The Contractor shall always have material available to protect the
e surface of the plastic concrete against rain. These materials
shall consist of waterproof paper or plastic sheeting. For
slipform construction, materials such as wood planks or forms to
' protect the edges shall also be required.
When concrete is being placed in cold weather and the temperature
may be expected to drop below 35 degrees F., suitable protection
' shall be provided to keep the concrete from freezing until it is
at least 10 days old. Concrete injured by frost action shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
CURING
Concrete shall be cured for at least three days after placement to
protect it against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, and
mechanical injury. Moist burlap, waterproof paper, white polyethy-
Concrete 3
v
lene sheeting, white liquid membrane compound, or a combination
thereof may be used as the curing material. Membrane curing shall '
not be permitted in frost-affected areas-when the concrete will be
exposed to deicing chemicals within 30 days after completion of
the curing period. '
BACKFILLING '
After the concrete has set sufficiently, the spaces in front and
back of curbs shall be refilled with suitable material to the
required elevations. The fill material shall be thoroughly tamped
in layers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect
the curbing during all phases of the backfilling operation. Any
curbing damaged during this process shall be removed and replaced
at the Contractor's expense. '
TESTING
Not less than three test cylinders of standard size and
manufacture shall be made for each 50 cubic yards of concrete
placed, or for each day's operations unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer. One cylinder from each set shall be tested at seven
days and one cylinder at 28 days, in accordance with ASTM C-31. '
The third cylinder shall be retained as a spare in case problems
occur with the other two.
'
Air entrainment and slump tests shall betaken on each load rior
P
to placement.
To cast th
li
d
f
e cy
n
ers,
ill the molds in three equal layers and
uniformly rod each layer 25 times with a bullet-nosed rod. When
rodding the second and third layers, the rod should just break
through into the layer beneath. The molds should be filled '
continuously and without interruption. After rodding the top
layer, tap the cylinder lightly to close any voids that might have
a trowel, and cover immediately to prevent loss of moisture. Be 1
sure the cylinders .are on a level surface during curing and that
the tops are smooth and level to ensure minimum laboratory
preparation and the best test results. 1
Test results indicating concrete substandard from the above
requirements shall be reason for halting concreting operations and
investigation of the cause of the deficiency, and removal and
replacement of concrete placed during the period represented by
the test, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such action is
necessary to protect the structural integrity of the construction. '
All testing shall be done at the Contractor's expense by an
approved testing laboratory Test results shall be submitted once
a week to the Engineer.
~l
Concrete 4
STANDARD
UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
Watermain and Service Line
Installation
and
Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer
Installation
Revised, 1988
Published By
CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION
OF MINNESOTA
In Cooperation With
Associated General Contractors, Inc.
Consulting Engineers Council of Minnesota
Minnesota Public Works Association
Minnesota Society of Professional Engineers
Minnesota Underground Contractors Association
CONTENTS
PART I STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE
INSTALLATION - 2611
2611.1 Description ................ .................... 1
2611.2 Materials ........................................ 2
A. Water Pipe Materials ................................ 2
B. Fire Hydrants ....................................... 3
C. Valves and Valve Housings ...... .................... 4
D. Water Service Pipe and Fittings ..................... 6
E. Polyethylene Encasement Material ..................... 7
F. Mortar .............................................. 7
G. Concrete ............................................ 7
H. Granular Materials .................................. 7
I. Piling .............................................. 9
J. Insulation ........................................... 9
2611.3 Construction Requirements ........................ 9
A. General Provisions ................................... 9
B. Excavation and Preparation of Trench ................. 14
C. Installation of Pipe and Fittings ................... 20
D. Connection and Assembly of Joints ................... 25
E. Water Service Installations ......................... 27
F. Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings & Specials........ 30
G. Disinfection of Watermains .......................... 31
H. Electrical Conductivity Test ........................ 32
I. Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains • .................. 33
J. Pipeline Backfilling Operations •••••••••••••• ..... 35
K. Restoration of Surface Improvements •••.••........... 36
L. N,aintenance and Final Cleanup ••••••••••••••••••.••.. 38
M. Operational Inspection••....••..•.•...••.•.•......... 39
2611.4 Method of Measurement ............................39
A. Water Pipe ..........................................40
B. Valves ..... .......................................40
C. Corporation Stops •••••••.•.....• ....................40
D. Curb Stops ...........................................40
E. Hydrants ............................................40
F. Air Vents ...........................................40
G. Rearrangement of Inplace Facilities .................40
H. Polyethylene Gray Iron Fittings .....................41
I. Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings ......................41
J. Access Structures ...................................41
K. Granular Materials ..................................41
L. Piling ..............................................41
M. Insulation ..........................................41
2611.5 Basis of Payment .................................42
- iii -
PART II
2621.1
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM
SEWER INSTALLATION - 2621
Description
2621.2 Materials
A. Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials
B. Metal Sewer Castings
C. Precase Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin
D. Concrete
E. Mortar
F. Granular Materials
G. Piling
H. Insulation
2621.3 Construction Requirements
A. General Provisions
B. Excavation and Preparation of .Trench
C. Installation of Pipe and Fittings
D. Appurtenance Installations
E. Sewer Service Installations
F. Manhole and Catch Basin Structures
G. Reconnecting Existing Facilities
H. Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing
I. Pipeline Backfilling Operations
J. Restoration of Surface Improvements
K. Maintenance and Final Cleanup
L. Deflection Test
M. Televising
2621.4 Method of Measurement
A. Sewer Pipe
B. Manholes
C. Catch Basins
D. Outside Drop Connection
E. Service Connection
F. .Service Pipe
G. Special Pipe Fittings
H. Appurtenant Items
I. Granular Materials
J. Piling
K. Insulation
2621.5 Basis of Payment
- iv -
II
II
2611.1 DESCRIPTION
' This work shall consist of the construction of water main
and building service pipelines utilizing plant fabricated pipe
and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of
' potable water. The work includes the relocation or adjustment of
existing facilities as may be specified in the Plans, Specifica-
tions and Special Provisions.
' Use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special
Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean
those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these
specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of
the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT
Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the
Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
for Construction, as modified by any MnDOT Supplemental
advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of
' AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published
edition available on the date of advertisement for bids.
' Service installations will be designated as either Branch
Service. or Tap Service in accordance with the standards set
forth herein.
Tap Service installations shall include all water service
lines less than three inches nominal inside diameter pipe. The
component parts of a tap service installation shall include a
corporation stop coupling complete with water main tap and
saddle where required; a curb stop coupling complete with
service box; and copper piping extending from the corporation
stop to the curb .stop coupling and beyond to the property line
or to the limits as established by the Engineer. One inch tap
service lines shall be installed as the standard wherever
another size is not specified in the Plans, Specifications, and
Special Provisions.
Branch Service installations shall include all water
service lines of three inches nominal inside diameter pipe and
larger. The component parts of a branch service installation
shall include a tapping sleeve and valve or a branch 3-way and
gate valve complete with valve box, and piping extending from
the water main connection to a hydrant, to the property line or
to the limits as specified by the Engineer.
All references to Gray Iron material shall be construed to
include both Gray Iron and Ductile Iron products, except where
one or the other is specified, and all references to Polyvinyl
Chloride pipe shall be construed to include only pressure pipe
complying with AWWA C-900. All references to "structure" shall
include any man-made object that is not otherwise exempted by
special terminology or definition.
- 1 -
2611.2 MATERIALS
All materials required for this work shall be new material ,
conforming to requirements of the reference specifications for
the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated
in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required
materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options
are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material,
the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans,
Specifications, or Special Provisions.
All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such
standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in
the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of
material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details
as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards.
At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall a
submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for
approval. '
A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished stating .that
the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance
with the specification. requirements.
A Water Pipe Materials '
All pipe furnished for water main and branch line
installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class '
indicated for each particular line sevment as shown in the
Plan and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever
connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required,
the method of joining and .any special fittings employed ,
shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.
Al Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings
The pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile '
Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use
of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type
may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for
Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special ,
Provisions.
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ,
ANSI A-21.51 (Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Gast in Metal
Molds or Sand-Lined Molds). Gray iron pipe shall conform to
the requirements of ANSI A-21.6 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifu- '
Bally Cast in Metal Molds) or to the requirements of ANSI
R.21.8 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Sand-Lined
Molds). In addition, the pipe shall comply with the
following supplementary provisions:
- 2 -
'
(1) Fittin s shall c
g onform to the requirements of ANSI
' A-21.10 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or ANSI
A-21.53(Ductile Iron Compact Fittin
) f
th
gs
or
e joint
type specified.
(2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting
the requirements of ANSI A-21.4 for standard thickness
lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings
shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil
thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating
' adhesion, shall be cause for rejection.
A2 C
oncrete Pressure Pipe and Fittings
' Concrete pressure pipe, fittings and specials shall
conform to the. requirements of AWWA C-301 (Prestressed
Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type) for the size
,
working pressure, external loading, laying condition
and
,
other design considerations indicated in the Plans
,
Specifications, and Special Provisions.
' The Contractor shall furnish plans and specifications to
the pipe manufacturer giving such special details and other
information as are necessary for manufacture of the pipe,
' fittings, and specials in accordance with the specific
requirements of the project.
A3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe, produced by a
' continuous extrusion process employing a prime grade of
unplasticized polyvinyl chloride, shall conform to the
requirements of AWWA C-900 for the size, grade, and
' pressure class indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and
Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to
.aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with
the requirements of ASTM D-543. Unless otherwise specified,
the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should
conform to ductile iron or cast iron pipe equivalent
outside diameters.
B Fire Hydrants
Fire hydrants shall be of the type, size, and construc-
tion .specified in the Plans and shall conform to the
applicable requirements of AWWA C-502.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions, hydrants shall be furnished in
conformance with the following supplementary requirements:
- 3 -
(1) Hydrants shall have a five-inch (nominal diameter)
main valve opening of the type that opens against
water pressure. ,
(2) Hydrant barrels shall be two piece, non-jacket type, ,
with flanged joint above finished grade line and
with mechanical .joint connection at the hub end for
joining a six-inch ductile iron branch pipe.
(3) Hydrant bury length, measured from the bottom of the
branch pipe connection to the finished ground line '
at the hydrant, shall be 7'6".
(4) Hydrants shall have two outlet nozzles for 22-inch
(I.D.) hose connection and one outlet nozzle for
4-inch (I.D.) steamer connection. All outlet nozzle
threads shall be National Standard Fire-Hose Coup-
ling Screw Threads (NFPA 1963).
(5) Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with
"O" ring seals preventing entrance of moisture and ,
shall be lubricated through an opening in the
operating nut or bonnet.
(6) Hydrants shall be provided with outlets for drainage '
in the base or barrel, or between the base and
barrel, unless the Special Provisions require that
drain outlets be omitted or plugged.
(7) The hydrant operating nut shall be rotated counter-
clockwise to open.
(8) Detailed drawings, catalog information, and mainten-
ance data shall be furnished as requested by the
Engineer. '
C Valves and Valve Housings '
C1 Valve Housings
Valve housings shall be of ductile or cast iron or ,
masonry construction, as specified in the Plans, Specifi-
cations, and Special Provisions for the particular valve
size or installation. Masonry manhole or vault type
housings .shall be constructed in accordance with the '
provisions of MnDOT Specification 2506. Ductile or cast
iron valve boxes and all castings for manhole or vault
type housings shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT '
Specification 3321.
u
- 4 -
~I
~~
C2 Gate Valves
Gate Valves shall be manufactured and furnished in
accordance with an approved pattern and shall conform to
all applicable requirements of AWWA C-500 or AWWA C-509,
together with such supplementary requirements as may be
covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provi-
sions or the provisions hereof. Unless otherwise speci-
fied, the gate valves furnished shall. comply with the
following supplementary requirements:
(1) Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C-500
shall be two-faced, double disc type, with parallel
seats. Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA
C-509 shall be single disc type with resilient seat
bonded or mechanically attached to either the gate
or valve body. All valves shall be provided with a
two-inch square operating nut opening counterclock-
wise and mechanical joint ends.
(2) All gate valves shall be non-rising stem type
furnished with O-Ring stem seals.
(3) All gate valves 16 inches or larger in size shall be
arranged for operation in the horizontal position
and shall be equipped with bypass valves.
(4) All gate valves 12 inches or larger in size shall be
equipped with approved barrel type rugged gate
position indicators.
(5) All gears on gate valves shall be cut tooth steel
gears, housed in heavy ductile or cast iron extended
type grease cases of approved design.
(6) .All gate valves shall have an open indicating arrow,
the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of
manufacture cast on the valve bodies.
(7) Upon request, three certified copies of the perfor-
mance tests complying with Section 5 of the AWWA
C-500 or Section 6 of AWVdA C-509 shall be submitted
to the Engineer.
C3 Butterfly Valves
Butterfly valves shall be manufactured in conformance
with all applicable requirements of AWWA C-504 for 150
p.s.i. working pressure minimum, together with such
supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provision or the provisions
hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the butterfly valves
- 5 -
furnished shall comply with the following supplementary
requirements.
(1) The butterfly valves shall be short body of ductile
or cast iron with mechanical joint ends.
(2) The butterfly valves shall be rubber seated with
ductile or cast disc, non-rising stem type furnished
with 0-ring stem seals.
(3) The butterfly valves .shall be equipped with a
two-inch square operating nut opening counterclock-
wise.
(4) The butterfly valves shall be designed for direct
burial installation.
(5) All butterfly valves. shall have an open indicating
arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and
year of manufacture on the valve bodies.
D Water Service Pipe and Fittings
Water service pipe of 3 inches or larger inside
diameter shall conform to the requirements for Ductile and
Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings as set forth under .the
provisions of 2611.2A1 and Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure
Pipe as set forth under the provisions of 2611.2A3.
Water service pipe of less than 3 inches in inside
diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88
for Seamless Copper Water Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed
temper.
Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, and curb stop
service boxes shall be as detailed in the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions or approved desig-
nations. All fittings for copper tubing shall be cast
brass, having uniformity in -wall thickness and strength,
and shall be free of defects affecting serviceability. All
copper pipe fittings shall be flared or compression type.
All threads for underground service line fittings shall
conform to the requirements of AWWA C-800. Each fitting
shall be permanently and plainly marked with the name or
trademark of the manufacturer.
Curb stop service shall be gray iron castings conform-
ing to the requirements of ASTM A 48 for Class 20 or
higher tensile strength and shall be adjustable up and
down for 7 feet of cover or to the depth specified in the
Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions.
- 6 -
E Polyethylene Encasement Material
Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the
requirements of AWWA C-105 for tube.-type installation and
8 mil nominal film thickness.
F .Mortar
Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an
air-entrained mixture of one part Portland cement and
three parts mortar sand, with sufficient water added to
produce proper consistency, and with sufficient air-
entraining agent added to maintain an air content within
the range of 7 to 10 percent.
G Concrete
Concrete for cast-in-place masonry construction shall
be produced and furnished in accordance with the provi-
sions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design
indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special
Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be
met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3
(air-entrained) concrete shall be furnished and used in
all structures having weather exposure.
H Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding,
encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be
specified, shall consist of any natural or synthetic
material aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock,
crushed stone, or slag, that shall be so graded as to meet
the gradation requirements specified herein for each
particular use.
H1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications
Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation,
Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall
conform to the following requirements:
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
3 Inch
2 Inch
1 Inch.
3/4 Inch
3/8 Inch
No. 4
No. 10
No. 40
No. 200
Material Use Designation
Foundation Bedding Encasement Backfill
100
100 100 100
85-100 90-100 90-100
30- 60 50- 90 50- 90
0- 10 35- 80 35- 80 35-100
20- 65 20- 65 20-100
0- 35 0- 35 0- 35
0- 10 0- 10 0- 10
- 7 -
HZ Granular Material Use Designations
Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding,
Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions, either as part of
the pipe item work unit or as a separate contract item,
shall be classified as to use in accordance with the
following:
Material Use Designation Zone Designation
Granular Foundation ------------- Placed below the bottom
of pipe grade as re- '
placement for unsuitable
or unstable soils, to
achieve better founds-
tion support. '
Granular Bedding ---------------- Placed below the pipe
midpoint, prior to pipe ,
installation, to facili-
tate proper shaping and
to achieve uniform pipe '
support.
Granular Encasement ------------- Placed below an eleva-
tion one foot above the
top of pipe, after pipe
installation, for pro-
tection of the pipe and
to assure proper filling
of voids or thorough
consolidation of back-
fill. '
Granular Backfill --------------- Placed below the surface
base course, if any, as ,
the second stage of
backfill, to minimize
trench settlement and '
provide support for sur-
face improvements.
In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the
lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top
surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper
limits of each zone are- established to define variable
needs for material gradation and. compaction or void
content, taking into consideration the sequence of '
construction and other conditions. The material use and
zone .designations described above shall only serve to
fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to
restrict the use of any particular material in other zones ,
where the gradation requirements are met.
a_ ~
n
~~
irl
I Piling
Piling shall be
provisions of MnDOT
details relating to
J Insulation
constructed: in accordance with the
Specification 2452 and special plan
piling.
Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material
having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square
foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°
F mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and
water absorption of 0.25 percent by volume maximum.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifica-
tions, and Special Frovisions, board dimensions shall
measure 8 feet long, 2 or 4 feet wide, and 1 or 1'-z inches
thick.
2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A General Provisions
Al Maintenance of Traffic
Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along
a roadway, the Contractor shall provide for traffic
control and signing and public safety in accordance with
the provisions of Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual of
Uniform Traffic Control Devices and MnDOT Specifications
1404 and 1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road
closures nor detours shall be permitted unless specified
in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer.
Where road closures or detours are permitted by the
Engineer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate
agencies, boards, or departments the Contractor must
notify prior to taking the action and the proper advance
notice to be provided to each body.
Compliance with this requirement shall not be con-
strued to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility
of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may
be predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or
whose services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to
traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but
not be limited to, the police department, the fire
department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and
ambulance service. The Contractor shall keep the required
agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour
situations.
- 9 -
D
A2 Establishing Line and Grade
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifica- '
tions, and Special Provisions, the watermain shall
generally be placed with 7 feet~of cover. However, a
slightly greater depth may be required to clear existing
storm and sanitary sewers and sewer services, and no '
additional compensation shall be provided for such
adjustments. '
In certain locations .where the watermain is in direct
conflict with storm or sanitary sewer, the watermain shall
be constructed under the sewer. Where it is necessary to '
use vertical bends to avoid sewer mains, no extra
compensation will be made for this construction. However,
fittings will be a unit of measurement and payment. ,
No deviation shall be made from the required line or
grade except with the consent of the Engineer. ,
Watermains crossing above house; sewers, storm sewers,
or sanitary sewers shall be laid to provide a separation
of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the watermain
and the top of the sewer. When local conditions prevent a
vertical separation as described, the following construc-
tion shall be used: '
(1) Sewers passing over or under watermains shall be
constructed of materials equal to watermain standards
of construction for a distance of at least 9 feet on
'
either side of the watermain.
(2) Watermain passing under sewers shall, in addition, be
protected by providing:
a vertical separation of at least 18 inches between
the bottom of the sewer and the top of the watermain; '
adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent
excessive deflection of joints and settling on and '
breaking of the watermains;
that the length of water pipe be centered at the
point of crossing so that the joints will be '
equidistant and as far as possible from the sewer.
V,iatermains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally
from any sanitary sewer, storm sewer or sewer manhole,
whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a '
horizontal separation of 10 feet, a watermain may be laid
closer to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that:
- 10 -
(1) the bottom of the watermain is at least 18 inches
above the top of the sewer;
(2) where this vertical separation cannot be obtained,
the sewer shall be constructed of materials and with
' joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of
construction and shall be pressure tested to assure
watertightness prior to backfilling.
.The primary line and grade will be established by the
Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes
will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an
appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the
Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel
' installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly
above the proposed pipeline setting. Grade and line stakes
will be set at 25-foot intervals along the pipeline; at
each change in line or grade; and as needed for pipeline
' appurtenances and service lines.
' The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid
unnecessary interference with the establishment of the
primary line and grade stakes; and shall render whatever
assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplish-
' ing the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for
preservation of the primary stakes and, if negligent in
providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost
of any restaking.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all
' working points and for construction of the work to the
prescribed lines and grades as established by the
Engineer. Following construction of a work shaft on
' tunnel installations, the line and grade shall be
transferred down the shaft and be projected into and
throughout the length of each tunnel heading.
A3 Protection of Surface Structures
All surface structures and features located outside the
permissible excavation limits for underground installa-
tions, together with those within the construction areas
which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be
properly protected against damage and shall not be
disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer.
Within the construction limits, as required, the removal
of improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf,
etc., shall be subject to acceptable replacement after
completion of underground work, with all expense of
removal and-replacement being borne by the Contractor to
- 11 -
the extent that separate compensation is not specifically
provided for in the contract. '
Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small
culverts, and other items of prefabricated construction,
may be temporarily removed during construction, provided '
that essential service is maintained in a relocated
setting as approved by the Engineer, and that nonessential
items are properly stored for the duration of construc-
tion. Upon completion of the underground work, all such '
items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the
sole expense of the Contractor.
In the event of damage to any surface improvements,
either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of
construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to '
replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner.
A4 Interference of Underground Structures
When any underground structure interferes with the
planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such ,
an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to
eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on
either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor
shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the
affected structure. Vv'hen any existing facilities are
endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor '
shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as
may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a
decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. '
Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no
essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall
any change be made in either the existing structures or '
the planned installations to overcome the interference.
Alterations in existing facilities will be allowed only to
the extent that service will not be curtailed unavoidably
and then only v,Then the encroachment or relocation will
satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions.
Wherever alterations are required as a result of
unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault
or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a
written order covering any additional or extra work '
involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if
any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of
the Contractor, shall be subject to prior approval ..and '
shall be at the Contractor's expense.
No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused '
by the interference of underground structures.
- 12 -
[1
n
0
D
i~
i~
i~
ii
n
A5 Removal of Surface Improvements
Removal of surface improvements in connection with
trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for
installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on
the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed
in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be
coordinated effectively with the excavation and installa-
tion operations as will cause the least practical
disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The
debris resulting from removals shall become the property
of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the
Contractor. Removal debris shall not be deposited at
locations that will block access to fire hydrants, private
driveways, or other essential service areas, nor obstruct
surface drainage. Removal and final disposal of .debris
shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever
possible and, in any event, the debris shall be removed
from the site before starting the excavating operations.
Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be
by methods producing clean-cut breakage to prescored lines
as will preserve the remaining structure without damage.
Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that
will cause damage to the remaining or adjoining property.
Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete struc-
tures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum
depth of one-third of the structure depth.
Any reusable materials generated during the work, such
as aggregate, sod, topsoil, shall be segregated from other
waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain
suitability and permit proper reuse.
The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement
will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall
assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby.
The pavement breaking operation shall not be allowed to
become a nuisance to the public, or a source of damage to
underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves
the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking
operations at any time.
A6 Temporary Service Measures
While any open excavations are maintained, the Contrac-
tor shall have available a supply of steel plates,
suitable for temporary bridging of open trench sections
where either vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be
maintained. Use .of the plates shall be as directed or
approved by the Engineer, and where installed they shall
be secured against possible displacement and be replaced
with the permanent structure as soon as possible.
- 13 -
B Excavation and Preparation of Trench
B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements
Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in
advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for
coordination of work and permit advance verification of ,
unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference
with existing structures is .possible, or in any way
indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or '
direction for connections to inplace structures, .the
excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of
the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in ,
sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to
extra work or unnecessary delay.
All installations shall be accomplished by open trench
construction except for short tunnel sections approved by
the Engineer and with the exception that boring and
jacking or tunnel construction methods shall be employed '
where so specifically required by the Plans, Specifica-
tions, or Special Provisions.- Installation of pipe through
tunnel excavations will be allowed only where the surface
structure can be properly supported and the backfill
restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to
carefully expose all inplace underground structures
without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or
approaches so close to an existing structure as to
endanger it in any way., precautions and protective ,
measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the
structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of
excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such '
critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe and power
or communication cables.
The En
inee
h
ll b
tif
g
r s
a
e no
ied of any need for blasting
to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanical-
ly, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted
until the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting '
will be allowed only when proper precautions are taken to
protect life and property, and then shall be restricted as
the Engineer directs. The Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for any damages caused by blasting,
regardless of the requirements for notification and
approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits '
for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in
conformance with all applicable state and local laws,
regulations and ordinances. ,
n
- 14 -
0
~i~
J
B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials
Excavated materials will be classified for payment only
to the extent that the removal of materials classified by
the Engineer as Rock will be paid for separately from
other unclassified materials, either as a separate
Contract Item or as an Extra Work Item when no bid price
is applicable. All other materials encountered in the
excavations, with the exception of items classified for
payment as structure removals, will be considered as
Unclassified Excavation and unless otherwise specified in
the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, no
additional compensation shall be provided for their
removal. Unclassified materials shall include muck,
rubble, wood debris, and boulder stone, masonry or
concrete fragments less than one cubic yard in volume,
together with other miscellaneous matter that can be
removed effectively with power operated excavators without
resorting to drilling and blasting.
Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard,
solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and
unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so
firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of
solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete
fragments exceeding one cubic yard in volume. Materials
such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which
can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power
operated excavator, will not be classified as Rock
Excavation.
Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as
being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other
specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable
materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent
needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for
other construction on the project as may be specified or
ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable,
granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from
other materials during the excavating and stockpiling
operations so as to permit best use of the available
materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise
specified in the Plans, Specifications,. and Special
Provisions, material handling as described above shall be
considered incidental with no additional compensation
provided therefor.
All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other
use on the project shall be stored at .locations approved
by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience
to public travel, adjacent properties, and other. special
interests. The materials shall not be deposited so close
to the edges of the excavations as would create hazardous
- 15 -
conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to
block the access to emergency services. All materials ,
considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the
project, shall be immediately removed from the project and
be disposed of as arranged for by the Contractor at no '
extra cost to the Contract.
B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements
Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit
preparation of the foundation as specified and installa-
tion of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed
line and grade, except where alterations are specifically
authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit
the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill '
to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall
be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of
sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of ,
appurtenances.
Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of
structure as necessary to accommodate any required '
Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable
foundation materials are encountered at the established
grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified
or ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable
foundation. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock
shall be removed to an elevation at .least six inches below
the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest e
projection of joint hubs. All excavations below grade
shall be to a minimum width equal to the outside pipe
diameter plus two feet. Rock shall be removed to such '
additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum
clearance of six inches on all sides of appurtenant
structures such as valves, housings, access structures,
etc . '
Where no other grade controls are indicated or
established for the pipeline, the excavating and founda- '
tion preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum
cover over the top of the .pipe as specified. Trench widths
shall allow for at least six inches of clearance on each ,
side of the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the
trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside
diameter of the. pipe plus two feet, subject to the
considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. '
The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be
held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of
the surface structures. ,
The maximum allowable trench width at the level of .the
top of pipe may be exceeded only. by approval of the '
7
- 16 -
ii
'
En ineer .after
g consideration of
pipe strength. and loading
relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the
.Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil
weight data and proposed pipe st rength alternate, at least
seven days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval
' of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding
that there will be no extra compensation allowed for any
increase in material or construction costs.
' If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that
authorized, the Engineer .may direct the Contractor to
provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength
' pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and
Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements
without additional compensation therefor.
' B4 Sheetin and Bracin E
g g xcavations
All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as
will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes
and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of
the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of
adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and
other properties.-Any damage to the work under contract or
to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement,
' water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other
causes clue to failure or lack of sheeting, .shoring, or
bracing or through negligence or fault of the Contractor
' in any manner, shall be repaired at the Contractor's
expense and without delay.
' Where conditions warrant extreme care, the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special
precautions to protect life or property, or the Engineer
may order the installation of sheet piling of the
' interlocking type or direct that other safety measures be
taken as deemed necessary. Failure of the Engineer to
order correction of improper or inadequate sheeting,
shoring, or bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's
responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the
work.
' The Contractor shall assume full:-.. responsibility for
proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and
bracing, wherever and to such depths that: soil stability
' may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement.
Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working
space and so as not to place stress or strain on the
inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage.
Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be
removed only when and in such manner as will assure
IJ
- 17 -
adequate protection of the inplace structures and prevent
displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing
shall be left in place only as required by the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions or ordered by the
Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed
as the backfilling reaches the level of respective
support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place,
the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an
elevation of three feet or more below the established
surface grade as the Engineer may direct.
All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting,
shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of
materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall
be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and
will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting,
shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written
order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific
requirements of the Contract to do so, payment will be
made for those materials as an Extra Work Item, including
waste material resulting from upper cut-off requirements.
B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations
Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary
to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and
uniform pipe bearing between bell holes.. The initial
excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a
subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will
permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high
spots and without the need for filling of low spots to
grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to
produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe
that is within 0.03 foot of a straight line between pipe
joints and to provide bell hole excavation at each joint
as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings..
In excavations made below grade to remove rock or
unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall-be made
with available suitable materials unless placement of
Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified and
provided .for, or is ordered by the Engineer as an Extra
Work Item. Placement of the backfill shall be in
relatively uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose
thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted
thoroughly, by hand or by means of approved mechanical
compaction equipment, as will produce uniform pipe support
throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper
shaping of the pipe bed.
Where the foundation soil is found to consist of
materials that the Engineer considers to be so unstable as
- 18 -
to preclude removal and replacement to a reasonable depth
to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be
constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of
special requirements therefor iri the Plans, Specifica-
tions, and Special Provisions. The Contractor may be
required to furnish and drive piling and .construct
concrete or timber bearing supports or other work as may
be provided for in an Extra Work order.
Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to
prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop,
they shall only be filled with approved material, which
shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted
thoroughly without additional compensation to the Contrac-
tor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of
water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering
operations, except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The
discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to
natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining
trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will
not be permitted.
The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering
system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free
of water wherever necessary, or as directed by the
Engineer to meet the intent of these Specifications.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions, such work shall be considered
incidental with no additional compensation provided
therefor.
All costs of excavating below grade and placing
foundation or bedding aggregates as required, shall be
included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent
that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract
provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment
therefor under separate Contract Items. Any excavation
below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates
required by order of the Engineer in the absence of
Contract requirements therefor, will be compensated for
separately as Extra Work Items.
If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need
for placement of foundation
Contractor's manipulation of
excessive moisture or lack o
of the corrective measure
Contractor.
- 19 -
aggregate was caused by the
the soils in the presence of
f proper dewatering, the cost
s shall be borne by the
C Installation of Pipe anal Fittin s t
g
C1 Inspection and Handling
Proper and adecruate implements; tools,-and facilities
satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by
the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of '
the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and
accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for
damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all '
material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The
Engineer shall inspect the damaged material and have the
right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory.
The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material '
from the site.
All materials shall be handled carefully, as will
prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint
fittings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and
avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping.
While suspended and before being lowered into laying
position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be
inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound
conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for
rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any
defects discovered and the Engineer .will prescribe the
required corrective actions or order rejection.
Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of
each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the
presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges
or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be
corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed.
C2 Pipe Laying Operations
Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall
proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper
placement and joining of the pipe and fittings at the
prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary hind-
rance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from
the .inside of the pipe and fittings before they are
lowered into position in the trench, and they shall be
kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The
water main materials shall be carefully lowered into
laying position by the use of suitable restraining
devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped
or dumped into the trench.
At the time of pipe 'placement, the bedding conditions
shall be such as to provide uniform and continuous support
- 20 -
0
for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall be
' excavated as necessary to make the joint connections, but
they shall be no larger than would be adequate to support
the pipe throughout its length. No pipe material shall be
' laid in water nor when the trench or bedding conditions
are otherwise unsuitable or improper.
' Vdhen placement or handling precautions prove inade-
quate, in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall
provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively
closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is
' lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so
covered until removal is necessary for connection of an
adjoining unit.
1
u
ii
i~
u
i~
i~
n
As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in
laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the
bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line
and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly
compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at
least 12 inches above its top. Acceptable tamping
techniques include hand tamping and use. of hand operated
mechanical tamping devices.
At all times when pipe laying is not in progress,
including noon hour and overnight periods, all open ends
of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or
other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present
in the trench, the seals shall remain inplace until the
trench is pumped completely dry.
When connecting to existing stubs, the Contractor shall
take every precaution necessary to prevent dirt or debris
from entering the existing lines. All necessary work to
make the connection shall be done at no additional
compensation, except where noted otherwise.
C3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or
closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike
manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a
smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved
mechanical cutters. The electric-arc cutting method, using
carbon or steel rod, will be approved for use on larger
size ductile or gray pipe where mechanical cutters are not
available. Flame cutting will not be allowed under any
conditions. All rough edges shall be removed from the cut
ends of pipe and, where rubber gasket joints are used, the
outer edge shall be rounded or beveled by grinding or
filing to produce a smooth fit.
- 21 -
Wherever it is necessary to deflect ductile or gray
iron pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or ,
horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or
produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of
.deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the
.
allowable limits for maintaining a satisfactory joint seal '
as given in AWWA C-600 for mechanical joints and push-on
joints. The maximum angular deflection at any joint for
other pipe materials and joints shall not exceed the
manufacturer's recommendations. If the specified alignment
requires angular deflections greater than recommended or
allowed, the Contractor shall provide appropriate bends or
shorter pipes such that the maximum angular deflection is
not exceeded.
Connection and assembly of joints shall be accomplished
during the setting, aligning, and fitting operations, in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2611.2D, to the
extent that the jointing requirements will permit.
C4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe '
All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points
shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall
be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining
devices, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions.
In the absence of other specified requirements for
reaction backing or restraining devices, the following
provisions shall apply: '
(1) All horizontal bends exceeding 20 degrees deflection,
and all caps, plugs, and branch tees shall be
provided with concrete buttress blocking.
,
(2) All vertical bends exceeding 20 degrees deflection
shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at ,
the low points and with metal tie rods or strapping
restraints at the. high points.
(3) Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need
not be strapped or buttressed.
Hardwood blocking shall only
reaction backing until acceptat
blocking or restraining devices
Blocking shall be nominal 2-inch
equivalent to at least four times
of the cap or plug it restrains.
be used as temporary '
ale permanent reaction
have been installed.
timber having an area '
the area of the surface
u
- 22 -
7
'
Concrete buttresses shall be poured aga inst firm,
undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that
' the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain
accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress
construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B of
' MnDOT Specification 2461. Buttress dimensions shall be a
minimum of 12 inches in thickness, and the minimum area,
in square feet, shall be as follows:
' PIPE SIZE TEE OR PLUG
1/32 Bend ~
1/4 BEND 1/8 BEND 1/16 BEND
' 6" 2.9 3.1 1.6 0.8
8" 3.7 5.3 2.9 1.4
10" 5.7 8.1 4.4 2.2
12" 8.1 13.4 6.6 3.2
16" 15.1 21.4 11.6 5.9
20" 23.2 30.2 18.1 9.3
24" 33.6 48.5 26.1 13.3
Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress
' blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking
must withstand the pressure of larger main line fittings
equipped with reducers, for the larger sized main line
' thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of
particular importance on tees and crosses where the main
size is reduced on the run from large to small size by
use of reducers.
All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints
shall be galvanized or coated with other approved
' asphaltic type rustproofing.
u
i~
i~
i~
r
i~
All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and
washers, and all labor and excavation required for
installation of reaction restraints, shall be furnished
at the Contractor's expense with no direct compensation
provided therefor.
C5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline
Wherever so required by the Plans, Specifications, or
Special Provisions, the pipeline, including valves, fit-
tings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased in
polyethylene film of 8 mil nominal thickness. The film
shall be furnished in tube form for installation on pipe
and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends,
reducers, off-sets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided
and used for encasing all odd-shaped appurtenances such
as valves, tees, crosses, etc.
- 23 -
The polyethylene tubing shall be installed on the pipe '
prior to being lowered into the trench. Tubing length
shall be sufficient to provide a minimum overlap at all
joints of one foot or more. Overlap may be accomplished
with a separate sleeve tube placed over one end of the
pipe prior to connecting another section of pipe, or by '
bunching extra overlap material at the pipe ends in
accordion fashion. After completing the pipe jointing and
positioning the overlap material, the overlap shall be
secured in place with plastic adhesive tape wrapped '
circumferentially around the pipe not less than three
turns.
After encasement, the circumferential slack in the '
tubing film shall be folded over at the top of the pipe to
provide a snug fit along the barrel of the pipe. The fold
shall be held in place with plastic adhesive tape applied ,
at intervals of approximately three feet along the pipe
length. Also, any rips, punctures, or other damage to the
tubing shall be repaired as they are detected. These
repairs shall be made with adhesive tape and overlapping
patches cut from sheet or tubing material.
P.t odd-shaped appurtenances such as gate valves, the ,
tubing shall overlap the joint and be secured with tape,
after which the appurtenant piece shall be wrapped with a
flat firm sheet or split length of tubing by passing the
sheet under the appurtenance and bringing it up around the
body. Seams shall be made by bringing the edges together,
folding over twice, and taping down. Wherever encasement '
is terminated, it shall extend for at least two feet
beyond the joint area.
Openings in the tubing for branches, service taps, air '
valves and similar appurtenances shall be made by cutting
an X-shaped slit and temporarily folding back the film.
After installing the appurtenance, the cut tabs shall be '
secured with tape and the encasement shall be completed as
necessary for an odd-shaped appurtenance.
Unless otherwi
ifi
d
se spec
e
in the Plans, Specifica-
tions, and Special Provisions, hydrants encased in
polyethylene tubing shall have plugged drain outlets. ,
C6 Placement of Insulation
Ri
id i
l
ti '
g
nsu
a
on board shall be placed within the pipe
encasement zone, 6 inches above the pipe. Prior to
placement of the insulation, encasement material shall be
compacted until there is no further visual evidence of ,
increased consolidation or the density of the compacted
layer conforms to the density requirements specified in '
- 24 -
II
' the S ecial Provisions then 1
P eveled and lightly scarified
to a depth of i inch. Encasement zone material placed below
the insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments
measuring 12 inches or greater.
Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified
material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline
of the pipe. .Boards placed in a single layer shall be
overlapped at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate
' continuous joints for the full depth of the insulation. If
two or more layers of insulation boards are used, each layer
shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately
below with an overlap of at least 6 inches.
The Contractor shall exercise precaution to insure that
' all joints between boards are tight during placement and
backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or
edge to edge.
The first layer of material placed over the insulation
shall be 6 inches in depth, free of rock or stone fragments
measuring 12 inches or greater. The material shall be placed
' in such a manner that construction equipment does not
operate directly on the insulation and shall be compacted
with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than
' 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted until there is no
further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the
density of the compacted .layer conforms to the density
requirements specified in the Special Provisions.
D Connection and Assembly of Joints
tnThere rubber gasketed joints are specified, care shall be
taken during the laying and setting of piping materials to
insure that the units being jointed have the same nominal
dimension of the spigot outside diameter and the socket
inside diameter. A special adaptor shall be provided to make
the connection when variations in nominal dimension might
cause unsatifactory joint sealing.
Immediately before making the connection, the inside of
the bell or socket and the outer surface of the spigot ends
shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess
coating, and other foreign matter. Insertion of spigot ends
into the socket or bell ends shall be accomplished in a
manner that will assure proper centering and insertion to
full depth. The joint seal and securing requirements shall
be as prescribed below for the applicable pipe and joint
type.
- 25 -
D1 Ductile Iron Pipe Joints
Dla Push-On Joints
The circular rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm,
flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of
placement shall be flexed inward and inserted in the gasket
recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket
lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of
the gasket or the outside surface of the spigot end, or to
both. Care shall be taken while inserting the spigot end to
prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be
completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the
socket by the use of suitable pry-bar or jack-type
equipment. Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall
be marked before assembly to insure full insertion. Field
cut pipe shall be filed or ground at the spigot edge to
resemble the manufacturer's fabricated detailing. The use of
the bucket on the excavation equipment to force the pipe
into the socket shall not be permitted.
Dlb Mechanical Joints
The last eight inches of the outside spigot surface and
the inside bell surface of each pipe and appurtenance joint
shall be painted with a soap solution, after being
thoroughly cleaned. The gland shall then be slipped on the
spigot end with the lip extension toward the socket or bell
end. The rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible
condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall
be painted with soap .solution and be placed on the spigot
end with the thick edge toward the gland. An approved
lubricant provided by the pipe manufacturer may be used in
lieu of the soap solution..
After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full
depth and centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place
within the bell evenly around the entire joint. After the
gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall be
installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the
specified torque, such as to produce equal pressure on all
parts of the gland.
Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened
by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench to within a
foot-pound range of: 45 to 60 for 5/8 inch bolts; 75 to 90
for 3/4 inch bolts; 85 to 100 for 1 inch bolts; and 105 to
120 for l,'-4 inch bolts. After tightening, all exposed parts
of the bolts and nuts shall be completely ccated with an
approved asphaltic type rust preventive material.
- 26 -
D2 Concrete Pressure Pipe Joints
' Unless otherwise indicated, all pipe and appurtenances
shall be joined by means of the. rubber gasketed bell and
' spigot connection in accordance with the recommendations
of the pipe manufacturer and the provisions hereof. All
contact surfaces of the concrete bell and spigot assembly
shall be thoroughly lubricated with approved material
before the connection is made.
After the joint has been set in the home position, the
outside joint recess shall be filled with cement grout,
poured into place by means of a paper or cloth diaper. The
grout shall contain at least one part Portland cement for
' each two parts of sand. Care shall be taken in pouring the
grout to assure complete filling of the recess around the
entire pipe circumference..
D3 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints
' D3a Push-On Joints
The circular rubber gasket shall be bonded to the inner
' wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Installation
of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall conform to the
requirements for Ductile Iron Push-On Joints, as set forth
under the provisions of 2611.3D1a.
E Water Service Installations
' Water service facilities consisting of Tap Service
Lines and Branch Service Lines, complete with all required
appurtenances, shall be installed as required in the
' Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, in accor-
dance with all pertinent requirements for main line
installations, together with the provisions hereof.
u
i~
ri
i~
i~
i~
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
keep an accurate record of the location, depth and size of
each service connection and other pertinent data, such as
the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations
shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing.
Curb stops shall be tied to definable land marks such as
building corners, lot corner markers, etc. Pipe terminals
at the property line shall be marked on the ground surface
with a suitable wood timber 4 by 4 inch, 6 to 8 feet long,
driven vertically into the ground at least 4 feet, with
the top 2 feet painted blue. Approved record keeping forms
will be furnished by the Engineer and the completed
records shall be submitted by the Contractor upon
completion of the work.
- 27 -
Water service lines shall normally be installed by
trenching and be subject to the same requirements as '-
prescribed for the main pipeline installation, except for
those which may not be pertinent~or applicable. Where ~
water service lines are installed alongside of sanitary or
storm sewer service lines, installation shall be such as '
to maintain the minimum specified clearances between
pipelines and provide proper and adequate bearing. for all
pipes and appurtenances. For separate installation, the
'
trench width shall be not less than two feet. Subject to
minimum clearances, the water lines may be laid in a
common trench excavated principally for sewer instal-
lation, either by widening the trench as necessary, or by '
providing a shelf in the trench wall where ground
stability will permit. When water service pipe is placed
in a common trench with sewer service pipe, the sewer '
service pipe shall be constructed of materials and with
joints equivalent to watermain standards.
Unless otherwise specified, installation of water
service lines shall be such as to provide for not less
than seven feet of cover over the top of the pipe and for
not less than 18 inches of clearance between pipelines. '
Also, at least 3 inches of clearance shall be maintained
in crossing over or under other structures. Where the
service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insuffi- '
cient cover or exposure from other underground structures,
the water pipe shall. be insulated as directed by the
Engineer. '
E1 Branch Service Lines '
Branch service piping shall be of the type, size, and
wall thickness specified. The pipe and appurtenances shall
have rubber gasketed push-on or mechanical joints. Unless ,
otherwise indicated, hydrant service pipe shall be ductile
iron pipe, 6 inches in diameter. Otherwise, larger than
minimum size branch service lines shall be provided as '
required by the Plans.
Installation of branch service facilities shall be in '
accordance with all applicable requirements of these
specifications as pertain to the mainline installations.
E2 Tap Service Lines
Tap service piping shall be Seamless Copper Water Tube '
of the size and type specified. Unless otherwise speci-
fied, minimum pipe size for tap service installations
shall be one inch nominal inside diameter. Larger size
- 28 -
pipe will be specified for commercial and industrial tap
service and for some domestic service, as specifically
indentified.
Installation of tap service facilities shall be in
' accordance with all applicable requirements of these
specifications as pertain to the mainline installations,
subject to the exceptions and supplementary provisions set
' forth hereinafter.
Unless otherwise indicated, tap service piping may be
' laid directly on any solid foundation soil that is free of
stones and hard lumps. However
when s
ecified or
d
d
,
p
or
ere
,
aggregate materials shall be furnished and placed as
necessary to secure proper foundation drainage, pipe
' covering, or backfill support.
Tap service piping of 3/4 inch to and including 14
inches in diameter shall be installed in one piece without
' intermediate joint couplings between the corporation stop
at the water main tap and the curb stop. Service pipe of
1'-z inches in diameter and larger may be furnished in
' standard cut-lengths of 20 feet or longer and may be
joined with approved couplings, provided that the instal-
lation of pipe less than full standard length in any run
' shall be limited to the needs for closure. All pipe and
appurtenances shall be joined by means of approved flared
or compression type threaded couplings.
u
i
J
i~
Unless otherwise specified, connection of tap service
lines to the water main shall be made with an approved
corporation stop and. saddle, with the water main tap being
made at an angle of not more than 22 degrees from the
horizontal. A double wrap of Teflon tape shall be placed
on the corporation stop threads prior to installation in
the main. Expansion loops shall be directed downward from
the tap. One and one-half and two-inch service pipe shall
have a 45 degree bend connected to the corporation stop to
facilitate the downward expansion loop.
Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be
installed on a straight line at right angles to the water
main or property line as directed by the Engineer. Service
lines shall extend for such distance beyond the curb stops
as may be specified in the Contract. In the absence of
specific requirements, the service line shall be termin-
ated at the property line, where it shall be connected to
an existing line or, in the case of undeveloped property,
it shall be capped, plugged, or peened as approved by the
Engineer.
- 29 -
7
The flaring of copper tubing ends shall be acomplished
only with the use of the proper size and type of tools, as
designed for the purpose, such as will provide accurate
sizing and rounding of the ends. Tubing shall be cut ,
squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to
flaring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the
flared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting '
without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall be made
up without the use of jointing compounds.
The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be
such as to maintain not less than the specified minimum
cover, or in locations where conflict may occur with storm
sewer, service pipe shall be placed at least 3 feet below '
the storm sewer invert or shall be insulated in accordance
with the Plans,. Specifications, and Special Provisions to
prevent freezing. In any case, the Contractor shall make
every effort to provide for a standard service box
installation where practicable. The service box shall be
centered over the curb stop coupling and be firmly '
supported on concrete blocking as required by the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions. Clearance shall be
provided so the service box does not rest on the water
pipe. Service boxes shall be installed plumb and be braced '
effectively to remain vertical during and after completion
of backfilling. The service boxes shall be brought to
proper surface grade when the final ground :surface has '
been established.
F Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials
Valves, hydrants, fittings, and specials shall be
provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifi- '
cations, and Special Provisions, with the exact loctions
and setting as directed by the Engineer, and with
installation accomplished in accordance with the require- '
ments .for installation of mainline pipe to the extent
applicable. Support blocking, reaction backing, and
anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the
Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, or as
otherwise ordered by the Engineer.
Hydrants shall be installed plumb,. with the height and '
orientation of nozzles as shown in the Plans or as
directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the
hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with ,
6-inch diameter ductile iron branch pipe, controlled by an
independent gate valve.
hThen a hydrant with an open drain outlet is set in clay '
or other impervious soil, a drainage pit of at least one
cubic yard shall be excavated below and around the hydrant
base and the pit shall be filled with Foundation Material
- 30 --
to a level six inches above the drain outlet. Two layers
of tar paper, or other material approved by the Engineer,
shall be carefully placed over the rock to prevent
backfill material from entering voids in the rock. drain.
Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the
drain outlet shall have the outlet plugged and shall be
equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use".
Valve boxes shall be centered over the wrench nut of
the valve and be installed plumb, with the box cover flush
with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other
level as may be directed. Valve boxes shall not be
installed so as to transmit shock or stress to the valve.
Masonry valve pit structures, for valves with exposed
gearing or operating mechanisms, shall be constructed in
accordance with the details shown in the Plans and with
the applicable provisions of MnDOT Specification 2506.
Drainage branches, blow-offs, air vents, and other
special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as
required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions.
All dead ends shall be closed with approved mechanical
joint plugs or caps and shall be equipped with suitable
blow-off facilities.
G Disinfection of Water Mains
Before being placed in service, the completed water
main installation shall be disinfected and flushed, and
after the final flushing the water shall be tested for
bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards
prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Disin-
fection materials and procedures, and the collection and
testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the
provisions of AWWA C-651 and as will meet the requirements
of the Minnesota Department of Health.
Where an existing water main is cut for the installa-
tion of a hydrant, for lowering the water main, or for
reasons determined by the Engineer, the Wipe and fittings
proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior to
installation as follows:
(1) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be
cleaned of all dirt and foreign material.
(2) The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be
thoroughly swabbed or sprayed with a 1 percent
minimum hypochlorite solution.
- 31 -
r_
Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifica- '
tions, and Special Provisions, the Contractor shall
furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, ,
flushing, and testing as necessary for meeting the water
quality requirements. The flushing operations and the form
of chlorine and method of application to be used shall be '
subject to approval by the Engineer.
H Electrical Conductivity Test
The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within
one week after completion of pressure testing of the main ,
on all iron pipe water mains to establish that electrical
thawing may be carried out in the future.
The system (pipeline, valves, fittings and hydrants) '
shall be tested for electrical continuity and current
capacity. The electrical test shall be made after the
hydrostatic pressure test and while the line is at normal
operating pressure. Backfilling shall have been completed.
The line may be tested in sections of convenient length as
approved by the Engineer. '
Direct current of 350 amperes, + 10%, shall be passed
through the pipeline for 5 minutes. Current flow through
the pipe shall be measured continuously on a suitable '
ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or
excessive fluctuation throughout the 5-minute test period.
Insufficient current or intermittent current or arcing,
indicated by large fluctuation of the ammeter needle,
shall be evidence of defective contact in the pipeline.
The cause shall be isolated and corrected. Thereafter, the
section in which the defective test occurred shall be
retested as a unit and shall meet the requirements. '
Sources of Direct Current for these tests may be motor
generators, batteries, arc welding machines, etc. Direct
Current arc welding machines will probably be the usual '
source. These machines are available in adequate capacity
for these tests and are equipped with controls for
regulating the current output. All such equipment shall be
furnished by the Contractor, subject to the approval of
the Engineer.
Cables from the power source to the section of system '
under test should be of sufficient size to carry the test
current without overheating or excessive voltage drop.
Usable sizes will probably be in the range of 2/0 to 4/0
A.W.G.
Connections for the test shall be made at hydrants. The '
hydrants shall be in the open position .with the caps on
- 32 -
during the test. The cable shall be clamped to the body of
the hydrant.
Note: After the test the hydrant shall be shut off and a
cap loosened to allow hydrant drainage. Tighten
cap after drainage.
A hook-up type Direct Current ammeter placed on one of
the cables leading to the hydrant is a convenient method
of measuring current.
In using arc welding machines, the current control
should be set at minimum before starting. After starting
the machines, advance the control until the current
indicated on the ammeter is at the desired test value.
Caution: In case of open circuits at joints or con-
nections, the voltage across the defective joint or
connection will be in order of 50-100 volts.
I Hydrostatic Testing of Water Mains
Each valved section shall be subjected to the pressure
and leakage tests prescribed herein. The Contractor shall
furnish the pump, pipe connections, gauges, and measuring
equipment, and shall perform the testing under the direct
observation of the Engineer. Where permanent air vents are
not provided, the Contractor shall provide and install
corporation stops at the high points as needed for release
of air as the line is filled with water.
Where concrete reaction blocking is placed, the water
main shall not be subjected to hydrostatic pressure until
at least 5 days have elapsed after the concrete casting,
with the exception that this period may be reduced to 2
days where high early strength concrete is used.
At the option of the Engineer, the pressure and leakage
tests may be conducted simultaneously. Any defective
joints, and any defective pipe, fittings, valves, or
hydrants, revealed during the testing or before final
acceptance of the work shall be satisfactorily corrected
and the tests shall be repeated until the specified
requirements have been met.
I1 Pressure Test
The section being tested shall be slowly filled with
water and the specified test pressure shall be applied,
after all air has been expelled from the pipe. A
hydrostatic pressure of not less than 150 pounds per
square inch, measured at the lowest point of elevation,
- 33 -
D
shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe
in a satisfactory manner.
The specified pressure shall _be held for a minimum
duration of two hours. No drop in~pressure will be allowed
except as specified in the Special Provisions. '
Service Pipe may be tested at the time of the foregoing
test, if installed, at the Contractor's option. However,
testing of service pipes may be completed as a separate
operation from main testing, and if so, the test pressure
shall be 100 p.s.i. Service pipe testing,
shall be done with the corporation st
separately if done
op open.
,
I2 Leakage Test '
After satisfactory completion of the pressure test, a
leakage test shall be performed on each valved section of
watermain to determine the quantity of water that must be
supplied into the section to maintain a test pressure of
150 pounds per square inch, after the air in the pipeline
has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water. ,
After filling the pipe with water and expelling all air
in the line, the specified pressure shall be applied in
the same manner as prescribed for the pressure test, and
sufficient water shall be measured and supplied into the
pipe section to maintain the pressure for a test duration
of 2 hours.
Each pipe section tested will be accepted if the
leakage does not exceed the quantity determined by the
formula given below.
SD~f P
L _
133200
L = Maximum permissible leakage in gallons per hour
S = Length of pipe tested in feet
D = Nominal diameter of pipe in inches
'
P = Average test pressure during the test, in pounds per
square inch, gauge pressure.
If the pipe section under test contains pipe of various
diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the
computed leakage for each size of pipe. '
kThen requested, the Contractor shall furnish a written
report of the results of leakage tests, which shall
identify the specific test section, the average pressure,
the duration of test, and the amount of leakage.
- 34 -
J Pipeline Backfilling Operations
' All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore
pre-existing conditions as the minimum requirement, and
' fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the
Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The back-
filling operations shall be started as soon as conditions
will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide
' continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal
public service as soon as practicable on a section-by-
section basis. All operations shall be pursued diligently,
' with proper and adequate equipment, as will assure
acceptable results.
' The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of
Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials
to the extent available and practical. Should the
materials available within the trench section be unsuit-
' able or insufficient, without loading and hauling or the
employment of unreasonable measures, the required addi-
tional materials shall be furnished from outside sources
' as an Extra Work item in the absence of any Special
Provision requirements.
0
D
u
Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil
reasonably free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris,
etc.), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or
bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable materials, that
may damage the pipe installation, prevent thorough
compaction, or increase the risks of after settlement
unnecessarily. Material selection shall be such as to make
the best and fullest utilization of what is available,
taking into consideration particular needs of different
backfill zones. Material containing stone, rock, or chunks
of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent
there will be no detrimental effects.
Within the pipe bedding and encasement zones described
as that portion of the trench which is below an elevation
one foot above the top of the pipe, the materials placed
shall be limited in particle size to 1? inches maximum in
the case of pipe of 12 inches in diameter or less, and to
2 inches maximum in the case of larger pipe. Above these
zones, the placement of material containing stones,
boulders, chunks, etc. greater than 8 inches in any
dimension shall not be allowed.
Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding
and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable
or hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough
consolidation under and around the pipe and avoid damage
to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of
heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to
safe pipe loading.
- 35 -
n
1
Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform
loose thickness layers of 8 inches spread over the full
width and length of the trench section to provide ,
simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline.
Granular backfill may be placed in 12-inch layers above an
elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, and with the '
provision that, by authority and at the discretion of the
Engineer in consideration of the demonstrated capability
of special type vibrating compactors, the stated maximums '
may be increased.
Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted
effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until
there is no further visual evidence of increased consoli-
dation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to
the density requirements specified in the Special Provi-
sions. Compaction of the inplace layer shall be completed
acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer
thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment, or '
procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of
the Engineer.
All surplus or waste materials remaining after comple- '
tion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in
an acceptable manner within 24 hours after completing the
backfill work on each particular pipeline section.
Disposal at any location within the project limits shall
be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer;
otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the
project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The
backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall
be a part of the work required under the pipeline
installation items, not as work that may be delayed until
final cleanup.
Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contrac- e
for shall assume full responsibility and expense for all
backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work
as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition,
regardless of location. All additional materials required '
shall be furnished without additional cost to the Owner.
K Restoration of Surface Improvements '
Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, '
curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turfing have been
removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contrac-
tor's operations, they shall be repaired or replaced to
the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improve-
ment in kind and structure to the preexisting condition.
Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as
practicable after completion of installation and backfil- '
ling operations on each section of pipeline.
- 36 -
In the absence of specific payment provisions, as
separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be
' compensated for as part of the work required under those
Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and
' replacement or repair, and there will be no separate
payment therefor. If separate pay items are provided for
restoration work, only that portion of the repair or
reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work
' will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or
damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or
repaired at the Contractor's expense.
K1 Turf Restoration
' Turf restoration shall be accomplished by sod placement
except vahere seeding is specifically allowed or required,
Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of four
inches under all sodding and in all areas seeded. The
topsoil material used shall be light friable loam
' containing a liberal amount of humus, and shall be free of
heavy clay, coarse sand
stones
plants
roots
stick
d
,
,
,
,
s an
other foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirements
shall be selected from the excavated materials to the
extent available and needed.
All. turf establishment work shall be done in substan-
tial compliance with-the provisions of MnDOT Specification
2575. Seed shall be Mixture No. 5 of MnDOT Specification
3876, unless otherwise directed or approved.
'
K2 Pavement Restoration
i~
n
i~
i~
i~
The inplace pavement structure (including base aggre-
gates) shall be restored in kind and depth as previously
existed, using base aggregates salvaged from the excavated
materials to the extent available and needed, and with new
materials being provided for reconstruction of the
concrete or~bituminous surface courses.
If, through no fault of the Contractor in failing to
reserve sufficient aggregate materials from the excava-
tions, there should be insufficient quantity of suitable
aggregate to reconstruct the pavement base courses, the
additional materials required will be furnished by the
Owner at its expense, or the Contractor will be ordered to
furnish the additional materials from outside sources as
an Extra work Item in the absence of an appropriate
Contract Item therefor. Placement of any additional
aggregate materials delivered to the site by the Owner or
- 37 -
!~
of any additional materials furnished by the Contractor
shall be an incidental expense, as will also be the
disposal of any excess materials- resulting therefrom, ,
unless special payment provisions are otherwise agreed
upon.
Reconstru
ti
f
c
on o
aggregate base courses and concrete
or bituminous surface courses shall be in substantial
compliance with all .applicable MnDOT Specifications
pertaining to the item being restored. The materials used '
shall be comparable to those used in the inplace
structure, and the workmanship and finished quality shall
be equal to that of new construction to the fullest extent
obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions.
Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench '
wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a
neat edge in a straight line before .surfaces are to be
restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part
of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of '
the Contractor. However, all surface edges will be
inspected prior to restoration.
K3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items
Wherever any curbing, curb and gutter sections,
pedestrian walks, fencing, driveway surfacing, or other
improvements are removed or in any way damaged or
undermined, they shall be restored to original condition t
by repair or replacement as the Engineer considers
necessary. Replacement of old materials will be acceptable
only to the extent that existing quality can be fully ,
achieved, such as in the case of fencing. Otherwise new
materials shall be provided and placed as the Engineer
directs. Workmanship and finished quality shall be equal
to that of new construction, where new materials are used,
to the extent obtainable in consideration of operational
restrictions.
A '
proper. foundation shall be prepared before recon-
structing concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless
otherwise directed, granular material shall be placed to a
depth of at least four inches under all concrete and
bituminous items. No direct compensation will be made for
furnishing and placing this material even though .such
course was not part of the original construction. '
L Maintenance and Final Cleanup
All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably
until the start of surfacing construction or restoration
- 38 -
n
I~
~~
llll!
work, and until the work has been finally accepted.
Additional materials shall be provided and placed as
needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as
temporary construction pending Completion of the final
surface improvements.
Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other
remains or consequences of construction, shall be accom-
plished intermittently as new construction items are
completed and shall not be left to await final completion
of all work. Cleanup operation shall be .considered as
being a part of the work covered under the Contract Items
involved and only that work which cannot be accomplished
at any early time shall be considered as final cleanup
work not attributable to a specific Contract Item.
If disposal operations and other cleanup .work are not
conducted properly as the construction progresses, the
Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is
satisfactorily pursued or he may deduct the estimated cost
of its performance from the partial estimate value.
Maintenance of sodded and seeded areas shall include
adequate watering for plant growth and the replacement of
any dead or damaged sod as may be required for acceptance
of the work.
' M Operational Inspection
At the completion of the project and in the presence of
' the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the
Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water
services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good
' working order; that all valve boxes are centered and
valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain
properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and
' that water is available at all curb stops.
2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
All items will be measured separately according to design
designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be
' detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special
Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside
diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying
' condition. Complete-in-Place items shall include all component
parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit,
but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items.
Lineal measurement of piping will include the running length of
' any special fittings (tees, wyes, bends, gates, _etc.) installed
within the line of measure between specified terminal points.
A Water Pipe
Mainline pipe, branch service pipe, and tap service
pipe of each .kind and size will be measured separately by 1
the overall length along the axis .of the pipeline, from
beginning to end of each installation and without regard
to intervening valves or specials. Terminal points of ,
measure will be the spigot or cut end, base of hub or bell
end, center of valves or hydrants, intersecting centers of
tee or wye branch service connections, and center of
corporation stop or curb stop couplings.
B Valves ,
Valves of each size and type will be measured
separately as complete units, including the required
manhole or valve box setting.
C Corporation Stops ,
Corporation stops of each size and type will be
measured separately by the number of uni s installed,
.including the required curb box. '
D Curb Stops ,
Curb stops of each size and.type will be measured
separately by the number of units installed, including the
required curb box. '
E Hydrants
Hydrants will be measured by the number of com lete
P
units installed.
F Air Vents
Air vents of each type and size will be measured
separately by the number of complete units installed,
including the required manhole or valve box setting.
G Rearrangement of Inplace Facilities
The removal, relocation, extension, or adjustment of '
inplace facilities such as hydrants, valves, curb stops,
pipe, etc., will be measured, as indicated in the
Proposal, by the number of complete units of each item on '
a lump .sum basis or by the number of linear feet of each
item such as pipe.
D
- 40 -
H Polyethylene Encasement
Polyethylene encasement of pipe will be measured by the
linear foot of pipe encased of each specified size.
I Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings
Ductile and Gray iron fittings shall be measured by the
pound without joint accessories and shall be the standard
weight of fittings as published in AWWA C-110. If the
Contractor chooses to use compact ductile iron fittings in
accordance with AWWA C-153, measurement compensation for
material price and weight differences shall be in
accordance with AWWA C-110.
J Access. Structures
Access structures, such as valve boxes, service boxes,
manholes and vaults, will be measured for payment only
when and to the extent that the Proposal contains specific
items therefor. Otherwise, the required structures are
included for payment as part of the pipe appurtenance
(Gate Valve, Curb Stop, Air Vent, etc.) item which is
served. When applicable, measurement will be by the number
of individual units installed of each type and design.
K Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished and placed as special
foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction
will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished
by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within
the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume
will be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at
the point of delivery. Measurements will not include. any
materials required to be placed as a component part of
other Contract Items as may be specified.
L Piling
Piling shall be measured according to the provisions of
MnDOT Specification 2452.
L1 Pile Bents
Pile bents shall be measured as a unit and shall
include all materials and labor required, except the pile.
M Insulation
Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square
foot basis installed to the specified thickness noted on
the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and
- 41 -
shall include all materials,. equipment, and labor required
for placement.
2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for construction of water distribution facilities
will be made only under the items of Water Main, Branch
Service, and Tap Service Pipe; the items of Gate Valves,
Corporation Stops, Curb Stops, Hydrants, Air Vents, Polyethy-
lene Encasement, Insulation, and Specials as identified by
Contract Item; and the items of Relocate, Extend, Adjust or
Remove existing facilities as identified by Contract Item; with
all other costs of constructing the complete facility as
required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions
being incidental thereto to the extent that the work does not
qualify as an Extra Work Item.
Payment for Water Main Pipe, Branch Service Pipe, and Tap
Service Pipe, of each size and kind at the appropriate Contract
prices per linear foot of installation, shall be compensation
in full for all costs of furnishing and installing the pipe
complete in place as .specified, including all costs of pipe
installation and surface restoration as may not be specifically
covered under other Contract Items. All costs of pipeline
disinfection, leakage testing, pipe jointing materials, dead
end plugs and caps, making connections to existing facilities.,
blocking and anchorage materials, and other work necessary for
proper installation of pipe as specified, shall be included for
payment as part of the pipe item,. without any direct
compensation being made therefor.
Payment for Valves, Corporation Stops, Curb Stops,
Hydrants, Air Vents, Polyethylene Encasement, Insulation, and
other specially identified appurtenant items, at the appro-
priate Contract prices per unit of measure for each size and
type or kind, shall be compensation in full for all costs of
furnishing and installing the necessary materials complete in
place as specified, including all costs of furnishing and
installing or constructing the required access structures for
valves, vents, and specials, which are not to be paid for
separately. Access structures such as Valve Boxes, Service
Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults will be paid for as separate items
only when and to the extent that the Proposal contains separate
items therefor.
Payment for rearrangement of inplace facilities under
specially named items indicating Relocation, Extension, Adjust-
ment, or Removal, at the appropriate Contract prices per unit
of measure, shall be compensation in full for all costs of
performing the work as specified.
All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the
foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restor-
ing surface improvements, and other work necessary for
- 42 -
prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be
included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance
items without any direct compensation being made therefor.
When special aggregate backfill materials are required to
be furnished and placed to comply with the indicated Laying
Conditions, the costs thereof shall be included for payment as
part of the pipe .items without any direct compensation
therefor. Otherwise, the furnishing of aggregate materials for
backfill by order of the Engineer in the absence of such
requirements will be compensated for as an Extra Work Item.
In the absence of special payment provisions, all. costs of
repairing, replacing, or otherwise restoring surface improve-
ments as required by the Contract, shall be included for
payment as part of other Contract items without any direct
compensation being made therefor.
- 43 -
~-~
i~
~~
2621.1 DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers
utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials,
installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes,. or storm '
water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin
structures and other related items as specified.
Use of the term "Plans,. Specifications, and Special
Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean
those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these
specifications and are accepted as an enforceable component of '
the Contract or Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT
Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the
Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications '
for Construction, as modified by any MnDOT Supplemental
Specifications issued before the date of advertisement for bids.
All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI,
AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on
the date of advertisement for bids.
2621.2 MATERIALS
All materials required for this work shall be new material
conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for '
the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated
in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated
all required
,
materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options '
are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material,
the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans,
Specifications, or Special Provisions. '
All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such
standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in
the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of
,
material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details
as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards.
At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit
in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval.
Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the
materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with '
the specifications.
A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials
All pipe furnished for main sewer and sewer line
installations shall be of the type, kind
size and class
'
,
indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the
Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever
J
- 44 -
connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required,
' the method of joining and any special fittings employed
shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
' Al Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings
Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM C-700 for the size and
type and class specified, subject to the following
supplementary provisions:
' (1)~ Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings
shall be non-perforated, full circular .type, .either
glazed or unglazed.
(2) All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell-and-
spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated
compression joints conforming to the requirements of
ASTM C-425.
(3) In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements,
the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain
ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of
compression couplings conforming to the requirements
of ASTM C-425, Type B.
(4) All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs,
etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design
as the pipe to which they are to be attached.
(5) Pipe and fittings manufactured to the standards of
AASHTO M-65 may be accepted by prior approval of the
Engineer.
A2 Plastic Truss Pipe and Fittings
Plastic truss pipe and fittings shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM D-2680, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-
Styrene (ABS) Composite Pipe, and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
pipe, 8 inch through 15 inch diameter and joint type
specified, subject to the following supplementary pro-
visions:
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and
fittings connections shall be gasket seal joints,
assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
Solvent cemented joints,. assembled as recommended by
the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where
specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions.
- 45 -
(2) All factory cut pipe ends shall be sealed at the plant
or in the field with suspended ABS joint cement.
,
(3) The spigot end of each pipe section shall be provided
with suitable marking or gasket stop to indicate full
closure of the assembled joints.
(4) Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be fur-
nished with coupling factory-attached to one end of
each pipe section. .Tee and wye fittings may be '
furnished separately for field installation.
til
A3 Duc
e Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings
The pipe and fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile
Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use
'
or installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type
may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for
Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions.
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI A-21.51 (Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal '
Molds or Sand-Lined N,olds). Gray iron pipe shall conform
to the requirements of ANSI A-21.6 (Cast Iron Pipe
Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds) or to the requirements '
of ANSI A-21.8 (Cast Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in
Sand-Lined Molds). In addition, the pipe shall comply with
the following supplementary provisions:
(1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI
A-21.10 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or ANSI
A-21.53 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint
type specified.
(2) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings ,
shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting
the requirements of ANSI A-21.4 for standard thicknes s
lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings
shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil ,
thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating
adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. ,
A4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings
Reinforced concrete pipe, fittings and specials shall ,
conform with the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3236
(Reinforced Concrete Pipe) for the type, size, and strength
class specified, subject to the following supplementary ,
provisions:
- 46 -
II
(1) All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be
cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and
specials shall be of the same strength class as the
pipe to which they are attached.
(2) When flexible watertight joints are specified, joints
shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-361.
' (3) Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically
authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions.
A5 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings
Corrugated steel pipe and fittings shall conform to the
requirements of MnDOT Specification 3226 (Corrugated Steel
Pipe) for the type, size and sheet thickness specified,
subject to the following supplementary provision:
(1) When specifically provided for in the Plans, Specifi-
cations, and Special Provisions, the galvanized steel
pipe and fittings shall be furnished with special
aramid fiber bonded, bituminous, or plastic coating or
concrete lining as required.
A6 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall
conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the size,
standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements
indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive
soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the
requirements of ASTM D-543.
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push-on with
elastomeric gasketed joints which are bonded to the
inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket.
Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with
smooth interior shall conform with the requirements of ASTM
F-949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the
Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions.
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings
shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints
meeting tightness requirements of ASTM 3212.
- 47 -
A7 Cast Iron Soil Pipe
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, ,
and Special Provisions, cast iron.pipe shall be service
weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A-74 and the
Plans, ,Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless '
otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed
with elastomeric gaskets.
A8 Acr lonitrile-B i -
y utad ene Styrene Pipe
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe '
and fittings shall conform to the requirements of P.STM
D-2751 for 4 inch and 6 inch diameter and joint type
specified, subject to the following supplementary provi- '
sions:
(1) Unless otherwise specified, all pipe joints and
fitting connections shall be .gasket seal joints, '
assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by
the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where ,
specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions.
B Metal Sewer Castings '
Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole
frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb '
boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-48 (Gray
Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary
provisions: ,
(1) Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights,
and class shall be as indicated in the detailed
drawings for the design designation specified. Unless '
otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or
better.
(2) Lid-to-frame surfaces on round casting assemblies
.shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around
the entire circumference.
(3) Casting weight shall be not less than 95 percent of
theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimen-
sions, based on 442 pounds per cubic foot.
(4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with
each shipment of castings stating that the materials ,
furnished have been tested and are in compliance with
the specification requirements.
- 48 -
(5) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes in
areas subject to flooding by surface water shall have
self-sealing lids and recessed pick holes.
(6) Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manhole
lids shall have recessed pick holes.
C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections
Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units
(grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.)
used in .the construction of manhole and catch basin
structures, shall conform with the requirements of ASTM
C-478, subject to the following supplementary provisions:
(1) The precast sections and appurtenant units shall
conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed
drawings.
(2) Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and
groove with rubber "0" ring joints provided on
sanitary sewer manholes. Sanitary sewer .inlet and
outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a
gasketed, flexible, watertight connection or any
watertight connection arrangement that allows differ-
ential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take
place.
(3) Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production
of all units. Air content shall be maintained within
the range of 5 to 7 percent.
(4) A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with
each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin
sections stating that the materials furnished have
been .tested and are in compliance with the specifica-
tion recuirements.
(5) Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes.
D Concrete
Concrete for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be
produced and furnished in accordance with the requirements
of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix designation
indicated in the Plans. The requirements for Grade B
concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not
specified. Type 3 (air-entrained) concrete shall be
furnished and used in all structures having weather
exposure.
- 49 -
E Mortar
Mortar for use in masonry construction shall be an
air-entrained mixture of one part Portland cement and three
parts mortar sand, with sufficient water to produce proper
consistency, and with sufficient air-entrained agent added
to maintain an air content within the range of 7 to 10
percent. Mortar shall meet the requirements of ASTM C-270.
F Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding,
encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified
shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate
such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag,
that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation
requirements specified herein for each particular use.
F1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications
Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation,
Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform
to the following requirements:
Percent Passing Material Use Designation
Sieve Size Foundation Bedding Encasement Backfill
3 Inch
2 Inch 100
1 Inch 100 100 100
3/4 Inch 85-100 90-100 90-100
3/8 Inch 30- 60 50- 90 50- 90
No. 4 0- 10 35- 80 35- 80 35-100
No. 10 20- 65 20- 65 20-100
No. 40 0- 35 0- 35 0- 35
No. 200 0- 10 0- 10 0- 10
NOTE: Granular foundation, bedding and encasement material provi-
ded for plastic pipe and fittings .shall meet the require-
ments of ASTM 2321, Class I, II or III materials or the
requirements provided above if the. Engineer authorized such
substitution.
F2 Granular Material Use Designations
Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding,
Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans,
Specifications and Special Provisions, either as part of
the pipe item work unit or as a separate Contract Item,
shall be classified as to use in accordance with the
following:
- 50 -
~-
Material Use .Designation Zone Designation
Granular Foundation -------- Placed below the bottom of pipe
grade as replacement for unsuit-
able or unstable soils, to achieve
better foundation support.
Granular Bedding ----------- Placed below the pipe midpoint,
prior to pipe installation, to
facilitate proper shaping and to
achieve uniform pipe support.
Granular Encasement -------- Placed below an elevation one foot
above the top of pipe, after pipe
installation, for protection of
the pipe and to assure proper
' filling of voids or thorough
consolidation of backfill.
Granular Backfill ---------- Placed below the surface base
course, cif any, as the second
stage of backfill, to minimize
trench settlement and provide
support for surface improvements.
In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the
' lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top
surface of the next lower course as con
t
t
d
h
s
ruc
e
. T
e upper
limits of each zone are established to define variable
' needs for material gradation and compaction or void
content, taking into consideration the sequence of con-
struction and other conditions. The material use and zone
designations described above shall. only serve to fulfill
' the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the
use of any particular material in other .zones where the
gradation requirements are met.
'
G Pili
ng
Piling shall be constructed in accordance with provi-
' sions of MnDOT Specification 2452.
H Insulation
Main insulation shall be extruded rigid board material
having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square
foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F
mean, a compressive strength of 35 psi minimum, and water
absorption of 0.25 percent by volume maximum.
Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure 8'
' long, 2' or 4' wide, and 1" or li" thick.
- 51 -
n
2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A General Provisions
Al Maintenance of Traffic
Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along
a roadway, the Contractor shall provide for traffic control
and signing and public safety in accordance with the
provisions of Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control devices and MnDOT Specifications 1404 and
1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor
detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special
Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road
closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the
Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards,
or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking
the action and the proper advance. notice to be provided to
each body.
Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed
to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of
notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be
predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose
services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to
traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but
not be limited to, the police department, the fire
department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and
ambulance service. The Contractor shall keep the required
agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour
situations.
A2 Establishing Line and Grade
In locations where the sewer is in direct conflict with
existing watermain and water services, the watermain and
water services shall be lowered to provide at least 18
inches of vertical distance between the top of the
watermain or service and the bottom of the sanitary sewer
or relocated in accordance with Plans.
When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as
described, the following construction shall be used:
a vertical separation of at least 18 inches between
the bottom of the sewer and the top of the watermain;
adequate structural support for the sewers to prevent
excessive deflection of joints and settling on and
breaking of the watermains;
that the length of water pipe be centered at the point
of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and
as far as possible from the sewer.
7
7
J
i
C
n
i
J
J
- 52 -
Watermains shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally
from any sanitary sewer, storm sewer or sewer manhole,
whenever possible. When local conditions prevent a horizon-
. tal separation of 10 feet, a watermain may be laid closer
to a storm or sanitary sewer provided that:
L (1) The bottom of the watermain is at least 18 inches
above the top of the sewer;
' (2) Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, the
sewer shall be constructed of materials and with
joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of
construction and shall be pressure tested to assure
water tightness prior to backfilling.
The primary line and grade will be established by the
Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes
will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an
appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the
Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel
installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly
above the proposed pipeline setting. Grade and line stakes
will be set at 25-foot intervals along the pipeline; at
each change in line or grade
and as need
d f
,
e
or pipeline
appurtenances.
J
The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid
unnecessary interference with the establishment of the
primary line and grade stakes, and shall render whatever
assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing
the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for
preservation of the primary stakes, and, if negligent in
providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of
any restaking.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all
working points and for construction of the work to the
prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer.
Following construction of a work shaft on tunnel installa-
tions, the line and grade shall be transferred down the
shaft and be projected into and .throughout the length of
each tunnel heading.
A3 Protection of Surface Structures
All surface structures and features located outside the
permissible excavation limits for underground installa-
tions, together with those within the construction areas
which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be
properly protected against damage and shall not be
disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer.
- 53 -
Within the construction limits., as required, the removal of
improvements such as paving, curbing, walks, turf, etc.,
shall be subject to acceptable replacement after completion
of underground work, with allexpense of removal and
replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent
that separate compensation is not specifically provided for
in the Contract.
Obstructions such as street signs, guard. posts, small
culverts, and other items of prefabricated construction may
be temporarily removed during construction, provided that
essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as
approved by the Engineer and that nonessential .items are
properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon
completion of the underground work, all such items shall be
replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the
Contractor.
In the event of damage to any. surface improvements,
either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of
construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to
replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner.
A4 Interference of Underground Structures
When any underground structure interferes with the
planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such
an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to
eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on
either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor
shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the
affected structure. When any existing facilities are
endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor
shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as
may be necessary to protect the inplace structures until a
decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved.
Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no ,
essential utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any
change be made in either the existing structures or the
planned installations to overcome the interference. Altera-
tions in existing facilities will be allowed only to the
extent that service will not be curtailed unavoidably and
then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy
all applicable regulations and conditions..
Wherever alterations are required as a result of
unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault
or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a
written order covering any additional or extra work
involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if
- 54 - '
any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of
the Contractor shall be subject to prior approval and shall
be at the Contractor's expense.
No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused
by the interference of underground structures.
' A5 Removal of Suxface Improvements
Removal of surface improvements in connection with
trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for
installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on
the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed
in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be
coordinated effectively with the excavation and installa-
tion operations as will cause the least practical disrup-
tion of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris
resulting from removals shall become the property of the
Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
Removed debris shall not be deposited at locations that
will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or
other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface
drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be
accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and,
in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site
before starting the excavating operations.
' Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by
methods of producing clean-cut breakage to prescored lines
as will preserve the remaining structure without damage.
Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that
will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining
property. Vv'here not removed to an existing joint, concrete
structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a
minimum depth of one-third of the structure depth.
Any reusable materials generated during the work, such
as aggregate, sod, or topsoil, shall be segregated from
other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain
suitability and permit proper reuse.
The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement
will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall
' assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby.
The pavement breaking operations shall not be allowed to
become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to
underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves
the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking
operations at any time.
i~
n
- 55 -
A6 Temporary Service Measures
Vdhile any open excavations are maintained, the Contrac-
tor shall have available a supply.of steel plates suitable
for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either
vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of
the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer
and where installed they shall be secured against possible
displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure
as soon as possible.
B Excavation and Preparation of Trench
B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements
Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in
advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for
coordination of work and permit advance verification of
unobstructed line and grade as planned. Where interference
with existing structures is possible or in any way
indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or
direction. for connections to inplace structures, the
excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of
the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in
sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to
extra work or unnecessary delay.
All installations shall be accomplished by open trench
construction except for short tunnel sections approved by
the Engineer and with the exception that boring and jacking
or tunnel construction methods shall be employed where so
specifically required by the Plans, Specifications,. or
Special Provisions. Installation of pipe through tunnel
excavations will be allowed only where the surface
structure -can be properly supported and the backfill
restored to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to
carefully expose all inplace underground structures without
damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches
so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any
way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as
necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary
support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to
probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installa-
tions as gas pipe and power. or communication cables.
The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting
to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically,
and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until
the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be
allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect
- 56 -
L~
[7
life and property, and then shall be restricted as the
Engineer directs. The Contractor shall assume full respon-
sibility for any damages .caused by blasting, regardless of
the requirements for notification and approval. The
Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting
and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with
all applicable state and local laws, regulations and
ordinances.
B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials
Excavated materials will be classified for payment only
to the extent that the removal of materials classified by
the Engineer as Rock will be paid for separately from other
unclassified materials, either as a separate Contract Item
or as an Extra Work Item when no bid price is applicable.
No other materials encountered in the excavations, with the
exception of items classified for payment as structure
removals, will be considered as Unclassified Excavation,
and unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifi-
cations, and Special Provisions, no additional compensation
shall be provided for their removal. Unclassified materials
shall include muck, rubble, wood debris, and boulder stone,
masonry or concrete fragments less than one cubic yard in
volume, together with other miscellaneous matter that can
be removed effectively with power operated excavators
without resorting to drilling and blasting.
Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard,
solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and
unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so
firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of
solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete
fragments exceeding one cubic yard in volume. Materials
such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which
can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power
operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excava-
tion.
Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as
being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other
specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable
materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent
needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for
other construction on the project as may be specified or
ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable,
granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from
other materials during the excavating and stockpiling
operations so as to permit best use of the available
materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise
specified in .the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions, material handling as described above shall be
- 57
considered incidental with no additional compensation
provided therefor.
All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other
use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by
the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to
public travel, adjacent properties, and other special
interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to
the edges of .the excavations as would create hazardous
conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block
the access to emergency services. All materials considered
unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project,
shall be immediately removed from the project and be
disposed of as arranged by the Contractor at no extra cost
to the Contract.
B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements
Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit ,
preparation of the foundation as specified and installation
of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line
and grade, except where alterations are specifically
authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the
pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be
placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be
provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of
sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of
appurtenances.
Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of
structure as necessary to accommodate any required Granular
Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation
materials are encountered at the established grade,
additional materials. shall be removed as specified or
ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable founda-
tion. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be
removed to an elevation at least six inches below the
bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest
projection of joint hubs. All excavations below grade shall
be to a minimum width to the outside pipe diameter plus two
feet. Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal
dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six
inches on all sides of appurtenant structures such as
valves, housings, access structures, etc.
Where no other grade controls are indicated or esta-
blished for the pipeline,-the excavating and foundation
preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover
over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall
allow for at least six inches of clearance on each side of
the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench
u
- 58 -
0
at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of
the pipe plus two feet, subject to the considerations for
alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the
trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to
prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures.
The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the
top of pipe may be exceeded only by approval of the
Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading
relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contrac-
tor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight
data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven
days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of
alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that
there will be no extra compensation allowed for any
increase in material or construction costs.
If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that
authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to
provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength
pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and
Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements,
without additional compensation therefor.
B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations
All excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as
will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes
and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of
the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of
adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and
other properties. Any damage to the work under contract or
to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement,
water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes
due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or
through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any
manner, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and
without delay..
ti~here conditions warrant extreme care, the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special
precautions to protect life or property, or the Engineer
may order the installation of sheet piling of the
interlocking type or direct that other safety measures be
taken as deemed necessary. Failure of the Engineer to order
correction of improper or inadequate sheeting, shoring, or
bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities
for protection of life, property, and the work.
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and
.~
- 59 -
I~
bracing, Wherever and to such depths that soil stability
may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement. '
Bracing shall be so arranged as to .provide ample working
space and so as not to place stress or strain on the
inplace structures to any extent that may cause damage. '
Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed
only when and in such manner as vaill assure adequate -
protection of the inplace structures and prevent displace- ,
ment of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be
left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifica-
tions, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer.
Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the
backfilling reaches the level of respective support.
Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper
portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three
feet or more below the established surface grade as the
Engineer may direct.
All costs of furnishing, placing, and. removing sheeting,
shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of
materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall
be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and
will not be compensated for separately. When any sheeting,
shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written
order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific ,
requirements of the Contract to do so, payment will be made
for those materials as an Extra Work Item, including waste
material resulting from upper cut-off requirements.
B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations
Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary
to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and
uniform .pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial
excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a
subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit
hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots
and without the need for filling of low spots to grade.
Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a
finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within
0.03 foot. of a straight line between pipe joints and to
provide bell hole excavation at each joint as will permit
proper joining of pipe and fittings.
In excavations made below grade to remove rock or
unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made
with available suitable materials unless placement of
Granular Foundation or
Bedding material is
specified and '
provided for or is ordered by the Engineer as an Extra Work
Item. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively
- b0 -
uniform layers not exceeding 8 inches in loose thickness.
Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by
means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will
produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe
length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed.
Where the foundation soil is found to consist of
materials that the Engineer .considers to be so unstable as
to preclude removal and replacement to a reasonable depth
to achieve solid support, a suitable foundation shall be
constructed as the Engineer directs in the absence of
special requirements therefor in the Plans, Specifications,
and Special Provisions. The Contractor may be required to
furnish and drive piling and construct concrete or timber
bearing supports or other work as may be provided for in an
Extra Work order.
Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to
prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop,
they shall only be filled with approved material, which
shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted
thoroughly, without additional compensation provided to the
Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free
of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering
operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The
discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to
natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining
trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will
not be permitted.
The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering
system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of
water wherever necessary or as directed by the engineer to
meet the intent of these specifications. Unless otherwise
specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special
Provisions, such work shall be considered incidental with
no additional compensation provided therefore.
All costs of excavating below grade and placing
foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be
included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent
that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract
provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment
therefor under separate Contract Items. Any excavation
below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates
required by order of the Engineer in the absence of
Contract requirements therefor will be compensated for
separately as Extra Work Items.
If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for
placement of foundation aggregates was caused by the
Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of
excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost
of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor.
- 61 -
C Installation of Pipe and Fittings
C1 I
ti
dli
d
nspec
on an
ng
Han
Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities
satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by
the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of
the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and
accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for
damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all
material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The
Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the
right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory.
The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material
from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as
will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and
joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas;
and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping.
All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner
at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer.
Such tests shall be paid for by the Owner.
Whil
e suspended and before being lowered into laying
position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be
inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound
conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for '
rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any
defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the
required corrective actions or order rejection.
Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each
pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the ~.
presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges-
or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be
corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed.
C2 Pipe Laying Operations
Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed
ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and
joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment ,
without unnecessary deviation or hindrance.
All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the
inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered
into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean by
approved means during and after laying. The sewer materials
shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use ,
of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances
shall the pipe be dropped into the trench.
- 62 - i
rl
I,
At the time of pipe placement,
shall be such as to provide uniform
for the pipe between bell holes.
excavated as necessary to make the:
they shall be no larger than would
the pipe throughout its length. No
laid in water nor when the trench or
otherwise unsuitable or improper.
the, bedding conditions
and continuous support
-Bell holes shall be
joint connections, but
be adequate to support
pipe. material shall be
bedding conditions are
[n7hen placement or handling precautions prove inadequate,
in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and
install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open
ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying
position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is
necessary for connection of an adjoining unit.
Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and
spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade
and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed
upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed
in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the
bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line
and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material, which -shall be thoroughly
compacted by tamping around the pipe to a height of at
least 12 inches above the top with hand operated mechanical
tamping devices or by hand. The joint areas shall remain
exposed and precautions shall be taken to prevent the soil
from entering the joint space, until the joint seal is
effected. Backfill in the bell area shall be left loose.
Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously
constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished
as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the
Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or
produce the required curvature, grade or alignment deflec-
tions at joints shall not exceed that which will assure
tight joints and comply with any limitations recommended by
the pipe manufacturer.
Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall
be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs
or covering can be kept in place over the openings without
interfering with the installation operations.
Installation of PVC, ABS, and composite truss pipe shall
conform to ASTM D-2321.
C3 Connection and Assembly of Joints
A11 pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be
- 63 -
t
fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to
indicate the point of complete closure. All .joints shall be
soil tight, as the minimum requirement, and shall be
watertight in all sanitary sewer pipe lines and in all
storm sewer pipe lines installed within the limits of a
paved street or highway traffic lanes. Where specified, the
joints in certain assemblies shall be made structurally
integral by being completely encased in concrete to form a
rigid watertight unit as indicated in the standard
drawings.
Where watertight joints are required, without concrete
encasement, the joints shall be sealed as follows, subject
to such other approved method as the Engineer may authorize
as being an acceptable alternative:
(1) Concrete pipe. and fitting joints--compression type
rubber gasket seals conforming to the requirements of
ASTM C-443, ASTM C-361 or AASHTO M-198 for circular
pipe, or as otherwise approved by the Engineer in the ,
case of non-circular pipe sections.
(2) ABS/PVC Truss pipe, ABS solid wall pipe and fittings-
assembled gasket seal joints.
(3) Smooth wall and corrugated wall PVC pipe and fittings-
assembled push-on gasketed joints shall pass perfor-
mance tests as listed in ASTM D-3212. Solvent welds
shall not be permitted.
(4) Vitrified clay pipe and fittings--factory fabricated
compression seals or compression type couplings.
(5) Corrugated steel pipe and fittings--sealed with
approved type compression seals.
Where watertight joints are not required, joints in
concrete pipe shall be made soil tight by filling with
mortar as the Engineer directs. Pipe joints encased in
concrete will not have to be sealed with gasket type seals, '
but shall be filled with mortar as directed.
C4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends 1
All pipe and fitting ends left open for future
connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to
backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all
openings of 24 inches in diameter or less shall be closed
off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings
larger than 24 inches in diameter shall be closed off with 1
masonry bulkheads.
- 64 -
I
`~
Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same
material as the pipe material, or an approved. alternate
material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal
as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads
' shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a vlall
thickness of eight inches.
II
1
Bulkheads installed for temporary service during con-
struction may be constructed with two-inch timber planking
securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an
alternate to the masonry construction.
C5 Placement of Insulation
Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe
encasement zone, 6 inches above the pipe. Prior to
placement of the insulation, encasement material shall be
compacted until there is no further visual evidence of
increased consolidation or the density of the compacted
layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the
Special Provisions, then leveled and lightly scarified to a
depth of a inch. Encasement zone material. placed below the
insulation shall be free of rock or stone fragments
measuring 1? inches or greater.
Insulation boards shall be placed on the scarified
material with the long dimension parallel to the centerline
of the pipe. Boards placed in a single layer shall be
overlapped at least 6 inches on all sides to eliminate
continuous joints for the full depth of the insulation. If
two or more layers of insulation boards are used, each
layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer
immediately below with an overlap of at least 6 inches.
The Contractor shall exercise precaution to insure that
all joints between boards are tight during placement and
backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or
edge to edge.
The first layer of material placed over the insulation
shall be 6 inches in depth, free of rock or stone fragments
measuring 1'-z inches or greater. The material shall be
placed in such a manner that construction equipment does
not operate directly on the insulation and shall be
compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of
less than 80 psi. The first layer shall be compacted until
there is no further visual evidence of increased consolida-
tion or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the
density requirements specified in the Special Provisions.
- 65 -
LJ
D Appurtenance Installations
Appurtenance items such. as aprons, trash guards, gates
and castings shall be installed where and as required by
the Plans and in .accordance with such standard detail
drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. '
Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin
structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be
adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of '
shims or blocking.
Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable
requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and
outfall .end sections shall have the last three sections
tied. Two tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the
last three joints, one on each side of top center at the b0 '
degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: i
inch for 12" to and including 21" pipe; 5/8 inch for 24" to
and including 36" pipe; 3/4 inch for 42" to and including.
54" pipe; and 1" for 60" and larger pipe. The tie bolts
shall be of a design approved by the Engineer.
E Sewer Service Installations
Main sewer service connections and building service ,
sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the
Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer
service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in
conformance with all applicable requirements of the main
sewer installation and as more specifically provided for
herein .
'
The .Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor
shall keep accurate records of all service installations as
to type, location, elevation, point of connection and
termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained
jointly by the Coniractor and Engineer on forms provided by
the Engineer. The service installations shall not be
backfilled until all required information has been obtained
and recorded.
The main sewer service connection shall consist of 1
installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer
line at designated locations, or of providing an insert
type Saddle Tee in a pipe cutout where and as permitted or
required in lieu of the built-in fitting. Orientation of
service connection fitting shall be as shown in the
standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.-
- 66 -
'
Where the de th of cover o
P ver the main sewer invert is
greater than 15 feet (or such other maximum as may be
' indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward
by means of a Service Riser Section in accordance with the
details shown in the standard drawings.
' Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be
.installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a
straight line grade to the property line. The standard and
minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of
n
i
h
o
e
nc
in four
feet for sanitary service lines and one inch in eight feet
for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be
reduced (by not .more than one-half pitch) where the
Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation
differences.
Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as
deep as required to serve -the building elevation and
maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends
' shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines
to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed
222 de
ith
grees w
out approval of the Engineer.
' Unless oth
i
i
erw
se
ndicated, service pipe installation
shall terminate at property line or as designated on the
Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which
' point the Contractor shall furnish and set a 4 x 4 inch
wooden timber 6 feet to 8 feet in length embedded 4 feet
below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end
' of pipe. .The timber or post shall be set vertically
with
,
the top 2 feet painted green.
[Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are
permitted or required to be made by the open cut-out method
in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye fitting, the
connection shall be made by using an approved type of
Saddle Tee fitting. The
i
e cut
t
h
p
p
-ou
s
all be made with an
approved type coring machine or by other approved methods
producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required
' for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and
shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe.
The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer
pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive
.
The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete
to a minimum thickness of six inches and as may be shown in
' the standard drawings.
Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are
required to be made by means of built-in Branch Tee or Wye
' fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such
fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and
replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section
connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling.
- 67 -
Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a '
manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the crown
of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is
greater than 24 inches, the connection shall be made by
means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the '
details shown in the standard drawings.
All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal
points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be
bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe.
F Manhole and Catch Basin Structures
Manholes, catch basins, and other special access
structures shall be constructed at designated locations as
required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard
detail drawings or special design requirements given
therefor. ,
Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and
catch basins shall be constructed on a cast-in-place
concrete base and the barrel riser sections, cone section '
and top adjusting rings shall all be of precast concrete.
All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a
completely watertight structure. Barrel and cone height '
shall be such as to permit placement of at least three and
not more than six standard two-inch precast concrete
adjusting rings immediately below the casting assembly
which shall be set in a mortar bed. Each adjusting ring
shall also be set in mortar.
Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and
catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the
bottom of 48 inches minimum and the inside diameter at the
top of the cone section and of all adjusting rings shall be
of the same size and shape as .the casting frame. Casting
assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans. Catch basin
grate. elevation shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain ,
the required dip below normal gutter grade.
The concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on
undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation. material which
shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser
section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all
other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design ,
shall be sealed with rubber gaskets.
Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as
otherwise may be approved by the Engineer, a precast
concrete base may be used or the structure may be
constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with
cast-in-place concrete. Any combination of cast-in-place
- 68 -
concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be
allowed and may be required where it is impossible to
complete the construction with standard precast manhole
sections.
i~
fl
I~
u
All annular wall space surrounding the inplace storm
sewer pipes -shall be completely filled with mortar or
concrete, and the inside bottom of each manhole and catch
basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow
through invert troughs as directed.
Sanitary sewer main lines shall not be connected to a
manhole at an elevation more than 24 inches above the
invert of the outgoing sewer. Where the difference is
greater than 24 inches, the connections shall be made by
means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the
detailed drawings in the Plans. The concrete base under the
drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base.
G Reconnecting Existing Facilities
Disposition of abandoned facilities and reconnection of
existing facilities shall be as provided for in the Plans,
Specifications, and Special Provisions.
H Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing
All sanitary sevaer lines, including service connections,
shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for
excessive leakage upon completion and before connections
are made to the service by others. Each test section of the
sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by
hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at
the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for
maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance
of the sewer section represented by the test.
If the ground water level is greater than three feet
above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the
Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed
in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the
allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for
the Hydrostatic Test.
' All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without
any direct compensation being made therefor, and the
Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and
' materials, including plugs and standpipes as required.
H1 Air Test Method
The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the
- 69 -
u
L
time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls
shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low
pressure air shall be introduced into the plugged line
until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psi greater
than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure
that may submerge the pipe. At least two minutes shall be '
allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before
readings are taken and the timing started. During this time
the Contractor shall check all plugs with soap solution to
detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak., air shall '
be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air
shall be reintroduced into the line.
The sewer section under test will be accepted as Navin
g
passed the air leakage test if it does not lose air at a
rate to cause the pressure to drop from 3.6 to 3.O psi in
less time than one-half minute per inch in diameter of the
pipe tested.
'
H2 H dro
y static Test Method
After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of
water at a depth of three feet above the invert elevation
of the sewer at the manhole of the test section. In areas
where ground water exists, this head of water shall be '
three feet above the existing water table.
The water head shall be maintained for a period of one ,
hour during which time it will be presumed that full
absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter
for an extended period of one hour the water head shall be
maintained as the test period. During the one hour test
period, the measured water loss within the test section,
including service stubs, shall not exceed the Maximum
Allowable Loss (in Gallons Per Hour per 100 Feet of Pipe) li
1
given below for the applicable Main Sewer Diameter.
Main Sewer Diameter Maximum Allowable Loss* e
(In Inches) (In Gallons Per Hour Per 100 Feet)
6 0.5
8 0.6
10 0.8
12 1.0
15 1.2
18 1.4 ,
21 1.7
24 ~ Larger l.g ,
*Based on 100 Gallons Per Day Per Pipe Diameter Inch Per Mile
70
-
-
If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test
section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the
section will be accepted as passing the test.
H3 Test Failure and Remedy
In the event of test failure on any test section,
testing shall be continued until all leakage has been
detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair
work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer.
Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test
water will not be permitted.
Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result. in an
order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers
necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement
work shall be at the Contractor's expense.
I Pipeline Backfilling Operations
All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore
pre-existing conditions as the minimum requirement, and
fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the
Plans and Specifications, and Special Provisions. The
backfilling operations shall be started as soon as
conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as
to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore
normal public service as soon as practicable on a
section-by-section basis. All operations shall be pursued
diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, as will
assure acceptable results.
The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of
Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to
the extent available and practical. Should the materials
available within the trench section be unsuitable or
insufficient, without loading and hauling or the employment
of unreasonable measures, the required additional materials
shall be furnished from outside sources as an Extra Work
item in the absence of any Special Provisions requirements.
Suitable Material shall be defined as a mineral soil
free of foreign materials (rubbish, debris, etc.), frozen
clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous
chunks, and other unsuitable materials, that may damage the
pipe installation, prevent thorough compaction, or increase
the risks of after settlement unnecessarily. Material
selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest
utilization of what is available, taking into consideration
particular needs of different backfill zones. Material
containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be
utilized where and to the extent there will be no
detrimental effects.
- 71 -
Within the pipe bedding and encasement zones described
as that portion of the trench which. is below an elevation
one foot above the top of the pipe, the materials placed
shall be limited in particle size to 12 inches maximum in
the case of pipe of 12 inches in diameter ar less, and to 2
inches maximum in the case of larger pipe. Above these
zones, the placement of material containing stones,
boulders, chunks, etc. greater .than 8 inches in any
dimension shall not be allowed.
Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding
and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or
hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consoli-
dation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the
pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy
roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe
pipe loading.
Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform
loose thickness layers of 8 inches spread over the full
width and length of the trench section to provide
simultaneous support on both sides of .the pipeline.
Granular backfill may be placed in 12-inch layers above an
elevation one foot above the top of the pipe, and with the
provision that, by authority and at the discretion of the
Engineer in consideration of the demonstrated capability of
special type vibrating compactors, the stated maximums may
be increased.
Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted
effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until
there is no further visual evidence of increased consoli-
dation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to
the density requirements specified in the Special Provi-
sions. Compaction of the inplace layer shall be completed
acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer
thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment and
procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer.
All surplus waste materials remaining after completion
of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an
acceptable manner within 24 hours after completing the
backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal
at any location within the project limits shall be as
specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise,
disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits
at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus
or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work
required under the pipeline installation items, not as work
that may be delayed until final cleanup.
- 72 -
II
LJ
Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor
' shall assume full responsibility and expense for all
backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work
as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition,
regardless of location. All additional materials required
shall be furnished without additional cost to the Owner.
J Restoration of Surface Improvements
Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement,
' curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turfing have been
removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's
operations, they will be repaired or replaced to the
Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in
' kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item
of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable
after completion of installation and backfilling operations
~ on each section of pipeline.
In the absence of specific payment provisions, as
separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be
compensated for as part of the work required under those
Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and
replacement or repair, and there will be no separate
payment therefor. If separate pay items are provided for
restoration work, only .that portion of the repair or
reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work
will be measured. for payment. Any improvements removed or
damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or
repaired at the Contractor's expense.
J1 Turf Restoration
Turf restoration shall be accomplished by sod placement
except where seeding is specifically allowed or required.
Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of four
inches under -all sodding and in all areas seeded. The
topsoil material used shall be light friable loam contain-
ing a liberal amount of humus, and shall be free of heavy
clay, course sand, stones, plants, roots, sticks and other
foreign matter. Topsoil meeting these requirements shall be
selected from the excavated materials to the extent
available and needed.
All. turf establishment work shall be done in substantial
compliance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2575.
Seed shall be Mixture No. 5 of MnDOT Specification 3876,
unless otherwise directed or approved.
- 73 -
J2 Pavement Restoration
Th
i
l
e
np
ace pavement structure (including base aggre-
gates) shall be restored in kind and depth as previously
existed, using base aggregates salvaged from the excavated
materials to the extent available and needed, and with new '
materials being provided for reconstruction of the concrete
or bituminous surface courses.
,
If, through no fault of the Contractor in failing to
reserve sufficient aggregate materials from the excava-
tions, there should be insufficient quantity of suitable
aggregate to reconstruct the pavement base courses, the '
additional materials required will be furnished by the
Owner at its expense, or the Contractor will be ordered to
furnish the additional. materials from outside sources as an '
Extra Work item in the absence of an appropriate Contract
item therefor. Placement of any additional aggregate
materials delivered to the site by the Owner or of any
additional materials furnished by the Contractor, shall be
an incidental expense, as will also be the disposal of any
excess materials resulting therefrom, unless special
payment provisions are otherwise agreed upon.
Reconstruction of aggregate base courses and concrete or
bituminous surface courses shall be in substantial compli- '
ance with all applicable MnDOT Specifications pertaining to
the item being restored. The materials used shall be
comparable to those used in the inplace structure, and the ,
workmanship and finished quality shall be equal to that of
new construction to the fullest extent obtainable in
consideration of operational restrictions. '
Existing concrete and bituminous surfaces at the trench
wall shall be sawed or cut with a cutting wheel to form a
neat edge in a straight line before surfaces are to be
restored. Sawing or cutting may be accomplished as a part
of the removal or prior to restoration at the option of the
Contractor. However, all surface edges will be inspected e
prior to restoration.
J3 Restoration of Miscellaneous Items
Wherever any curbing, curb and gutter sections, pedes-
Irian walks, fencing, driveway surfacing, or other improve- ,
ments are removed or in any way damaged, or undermined,
they shall be restored to original condition by repair or
replacement as the Engineer considers necessary. Replace- ,
ment of old materials will be acceptable only to the extent
that existing quality can be fully achieved, such as in the
case of fencing. Otherwise new materials shall be provided
- 74 -
II
II
i~
and placed as the Engineer directs. Workmanship and
finished quality shall be equal to that of new construc-
tion, where new materials are .used, to the extent
obtainable in consideration of operational restrictions.
A proper foundation shall be prepared before reconstruc-
ting concrete or bituminous improvements. Unless otherwise
directed, granular material shall be placed to a depth of
at least four inches under all concrete and bituminous
items. No direct compensation will be made for furnishing
and placing this material even though such course was not
part of the original construction.
K Maintenance and Final Cleanup
surface improvements.
All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably
until the start of surfacing construction or restoration
work, and until the work has been finally accepted.
Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed
to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as
temporary construction pending .completion of the final
Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other
remains or consequences. of construction, shall be accom-
plished intermittently as new construction items are
completed and shall not be left to await final completion
of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered as
being a part of the work covered under the Contract items
involved and only that work which cannot be accomplished at
any early time shall be considered as final cleanup work
not attributable to a specific Contract Item.
If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not
conducted properly as the construction progresses, the
Engineer may withhold partial payments until such. work is
satisfactorily pursued, or he may deduct the estimated cost
of its performance from the partial estimate value.
Maintenance of sodded and seeded areas shall include
adequate watering for plant growth and the replacement of
any dead or damaged sod as may be required for acceptance
of the work.
L Deflection Test
Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic
gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the
sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished
grade and has been in place for 30 days.
- 75 -
The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a
rigid ball or pointed mandrel through the pipe without the
aid of mechanical pulling devices. The ball or mandrel '
shall have a minimum diameter equal to 95% of the actual
inside diameter of the pipe.~The maximum allowable
deflection shall not exceed five percent of the pipe's '
internal diameter. The time of the test, method of testing,
and the equipment to be-used for the test shall be subject
to the approval of the Engineer.
_ ,
~
All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his
expense without any direct compensation being made there-
for, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and
materials required.
t F
il
d R
d
L1 T '
a
ure an
eme
y
es
In the event of test failure on any test section, the
section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to e
approval of .the Engineer. The replaced section shall be
retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the
specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement,
and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense.
M Televising
Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer,
at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection.,
leakage testing, or deflection testing, indicate the sewer '
has not been constructed in accordance with these specifi-
cations and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications
and Special Provisions.
2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
All items will be measured separately according to design
designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be
detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special
Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside '
diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying
condition. Complete-in-place items shall include all component
parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but e
excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear
measurement of piping will include the running length of any
special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed ,
within the line of measure between specified terminal points.
A Sewer Pipe '
Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured
i~
- 76 -
by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal
points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets;
the point of connection with inplace pipe; the center of
manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersec-
tions at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with
other appurtenances or units as defined.
Separation of quantities according to "depth zone
classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will
be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground
surface profile.
B Manholes
Manholes of each design designation will be measured by
number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the
base and castings as required, but excluding any excess
depth greater than 8.0 feet measured from top of manhole
cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe.
Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be
measured by the linear foot difference in depth .between the
8.0 feet allowed as standard and the actual increased depth
as constructed.
C Catch Basins
Catch basins of each design designation will be measured
by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including
the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess
depth greater than 5.0 feet measured from top of grate (low
point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe.
Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will
be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between
the 5.0 feet allov.Ted as standard and the actual increased
depth as constructed.
D Outside Drop Connection
Outside drop connections of each design will be measured
by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including
granular encasement, fittings, and any special piping
details as required, including two holes into existing
manholes for the drop connection, but excluding any excess
vertical drop greater than 2.0 feet measured between invert
of high pipe inlet and invert of low pipe outlet.
Excess drop connection depth will be measured by the
linear foot difference in vertical drop between the 2.0
feet allowed as standard and the actual increased vertical
drop as constructed.
- 77 -
D
E Service Connection
Service Connections of each design will be measured by '
number of each constructed complete-in-place as specified.
F Service Pipe
Service pipe of each design will be measured separately
by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of '
installation, between the service end and the point of
juncture with the main pipe connection fitting.
G Special Pipe Fittings ,
Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each '
design designation will be measured by number of each
installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any
such fittings required to be installed as a component part
of any other Work Unit. '
H Appurtenant Items '
Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates
and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified
by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of '
each installed complete-in-place as specified.
I Granular Materials
Granular materials furnished and .placed. as special
foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction ,
will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished
by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within
the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will '
be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the
point of delivery. Measurements will not include any
materials required to be placed as a component part of any
other Work Unit. '
J Piling
Piling shall be measured according to the Provisions of
MnDOT Specification 2452.
J1 Pile Bents
Pile bents shall be measured as a unit and shall include
all materials and labor required, except the pile.
~
_,a_
1
0
0
n
u
n
K Insulation
Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square
foot basis installed to the specified thickness noted on
the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall
include all materials and labor required for placement.
2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for sewer. pipe and service pipe items at the
Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be
compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in-
place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation,
backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improve-
ments, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup,
and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the
construction of other. structures or special sections and the
placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials
specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items.
Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection,
service connection, and other structures as specified, at the
Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for
all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as
specified, including all required castings, special fittings,
base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for
the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional
work as may be designated for payment under other Contract
Items.
V~'here the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside
drop connection depths .are exceeded, the excess depth of each
design will be paid for separately as linear footage items and
payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in
full for all costs of providing the extra depth.
Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be
paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent .they are
required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe
lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place
structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.)
appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage
gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials
as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the
extent they are not included as a component part of any
complete-in-place structure.
Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover,
or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or
structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items
to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items
- 79 -
File No.
City
Addition
Street
Contractor
Installed by
TYed by
Date
Block lot Sheet No.
Service No.
Address:
Sewer Service
Sta. bet. M.H. >3C M.H:
I?i.st~ Finn I~vnsts~n M.H. I~b.
N~.t. length Depth @ F. L.
Inv. @ P. L.
Water Service
Sta. bet. M.H. ~C M.H.
IEa.st~'nn Fnm D~^nstrmrn M.H. I~b.
Nrc.t . length Depth @ P. L.
block lrct Sheet No.
Service No.
Address:
Sewer Service
Sta. bet. M.H. 3c M.H.
Di.st~ Firm D~•nstr~n M.H. I~b.
Nr~t. length Dept. @ F.L.
Inv. @ P. L.
1a'ater Service
Sta. bet. M.H. 3c M.H.
I3st~ Fran Danstt~n I~ H. ICU.
t~,at . I~ngth Depth @ P. L.